PF 3109 
 
 ■ HH .'I ■ . • 
 
 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 0D0D3DSlfi7D 
 
«o 
 
 
 ^o ' 
 
 ^o 
 
 '!^ 
 
 
 -'*■_ *•'"•' -f^ 
 
 
 O 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 / -ism;:.*,. / .-i;^- °o ,.* 
 
 v^-tt;-^ .^^ 
 
 
 
 %*-..., 
 
 (,v -o^ *o.** A 
 
 I* 
 
 ^<J> ^o o" • 
 
 
 
♦ T* 
 
 
 <» 
 
 r^ K^^ 6 ^ ** <» -» "^^ • * ' 
 
 
I '. 
 
 ELEMENTS 
 
 OP 
 
 GERMAN GRAMMAR, 
 
 INTENDED FOR BEGINNERS. 
 
•^%, 
 
 \ 
 
 Works of the same' author, 
 
 published by (j^, X ^X\X$^ i 
 at the half oj' the London Price, 
 
 A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 
 
 Sixth Edition. 12mo. Frankfort o. M. Price 3fl. Qkr. 
 or 1 dlr. 18 gr. in boards. 
 
 EXERCISES FOR WRITING GERMAN, according 
 to the Rules of Grammar. Fifth Edition. 12mo. Frank- 
 fort o. M. Price 2 fl. 24 kr. or 1 dlr. 8 gr. in boards. 
 
 READING LESSONS. An Appendix to. the Ele- 
 ments of German Grammar. Second Edition, with a 
 Vocabulary. 12mo. Frankfort o. M. Price Ifl. 12kr. 
 or 16 gr. in boards* 
 
ELEMEIVTS 
 
 OF 
 
 GERMAN GRAMMAR 
 
 INTENDED FOR BEGINNERS. 
 
 BY \ 
 
 Ph. D. X. L. D, 
 OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM, 
 
 F.R.S.r.A.S. M.A.S. F.L.S. H.S, COR. SOC. SCIENT. GOTTING. LATJN, JtN. 
 
 MiN. JEN. NAT. LIPS* BEROL. etc. 
 
 THE FOURTH EDITION. 
 
 WITH 
 
 a €olUction of ^'^vme^ 
 
 AND 
 
 FRANKFORT : 
 
 PaZNTED FOR GEORGE FREDERICK KRUG. 
 
 18 3 0. 
 
.^ 
 
 o^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 y 
 
 The first rudiments of the language, exhibited 
 in a simple form, and accompanied with a little 
 comment, as may be, is what constitutes of 
 the Epitome,^ now again offered to the publick. 
 It furnishes the frame-work for a more complete 
 and laborious study of grammar; and by fixing 
 the elementary, and essential parts, fijrmly in 
 the memory of the incipient scholar, serves as 
 the best introduction to a well-grounded and 
 comprehensive knowledge. The book is intended 
 for beginners, and experience has shown that, 
 for such a purpose, it proves very useful. The 
 nature and intention of it were not immediately 
 understood: and hence not much encouragement 
 was given of the Elements^ when they were first 
 
produced: but they have of late been better 
 comprehended, and the call for the book has 
 been considerable. This has occasioned a fourth 
 edition, which, indeed, ought to have appeared 
 sooner, in order so satisfy the demand of the 
 publick. 
 
 G. H. Noehden. 
 
ELEMENTS 
 
 OP 
 
 GERMAN GRAMMAR. 
 
-.T-^ 
 
 nr 
 
COLLECTION of PHRASES 
 
 AND 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
COLLECTION OF PHRASES. 
 
 1. For petty Conversation, or small talk. 
 
 '■ ©utcn 2l6cnb. 
 
 ' 9Bte 6cftnbcn (gtc ftd^? 
 
 2Bte gei)t§? (* more fa- 
 wlC ♦ ( speaking. 
 
 ©anj n)of)L 
 I giemUc^ n:)of)L 
 ^i\)t n)of)t/ (or, tcd^t 
 
 I fen (or, 9cru(;ct)? 
 e§ ift f^oncl 2Bcttcr. 
 @c()t tDatm unb ange- 
 
 ®cl)r frtfd^e Suft* 
 Sfcu^crft Mu 
 Sin fcf)neibcnbcr 233inb* 
 ®cf)t bet 2Btnb ftarf? 
 Sg voxxi n)af)rfc^ein(icl^ 
 
 regnen* 
 Se regnet — c§ fd^neit 
 G^ bonnert — eS bli^t* 
 es f)age(tt 
 
 Good morning, Sir! 
 Good evening. 
 How do you do? 
 
 How goes it? 
 
 What are you doing? 
 
 Tolerably well. 
 Pretty well. 
 Very well. 
 
 Hawe you slept (or rest- 
 ed) well? 
 
 It is fine weather. 
 
 Very warm and plea- 
 sant. 
 
 Very fresh air. 
 
 Extremely cold. 
 
 A cutting wind. 
 
 Is the wind high? 
 
 It will probably rain. 
 
 It rains — it snows. 
 It thunders — it lightens. 
 It hails. 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 ©ic ©onne fd^cint 
 2Boltcn @ic fpajicrcn 
 
 gct)cn? 
 SBolten @ic nid^t eincn 
 
 f urjcn (gpajicrgang ma= 
 
 d^en? 
 SBoKcn @ic mitgef^cn? 
 
 ^a6en @ie f)icr angencl)^ 
 
 me ©pajicrgdnge? 
 3a, jiemH^ gute* 
 Steiten ®ic nie? 
 
 D^cin, faft gar nid^t* 
 
 ®tc (efcn fel;r t)icL 
 
 3d) bitu urn 23crjeif)ung, 
 
 fct)r tDcntg* 
 @te()en @ie fruf) auf? 
 ?tein: aber idE) get)e gc- 
 
 n)6f)nnc^ fpdt ju aSett* 
 SBte ^id Ui)t ift e§? or, 
 2Ba^ ift hk 6)(ocfe? 
 (iin U()t (or ginS)* 
 3n>ei U(;r (or S«><^0* 
 ©in 23icrte{ auf btci* 
 
 ©rei SSicrtet auf btci 
 
 g§ ift btet llf)r, k. 
 S6 get)t auf v>icr* 
 
 The sun shines. 
 Will you take walk? 
 
 Will you not take a 
 short walk? 
 
 Will you go with me (or, 
 
 with us)? 
 Have you pleasant walks 
 
 here? 
 Yes, pretty good ones. 
 Do you never ride (/. e. 
 
 go on horseback)? 
 No, hardly at all. 
 You read a great deal. 
 1 beg your pardon, verj 
 
 little. 
 Do you rise early? 
 No : but T generally go 
 
 to bed late. 
 
 What o'clock is it? 
 
 One o'clock. 
 
 Two o'clock. 
 
 A quarter past two (lit, 
 
 a quarter upon three). 
 Half" past two {literally 
 
 half three). 
 Three quarter after two. 
 
 or, a quarter to three 
 
 {liter, three quarters 
 
 upon three). 
 It is three o'clock, etc. 
 Is is past three {lit. it I 
 
 goes towards four). 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 Cvv3 fcftfdflt mcv. It is strikingh four. 
 
 Sticit c§ ()cfclV(ac]cn? Has it struck? 
 
 (So wivi) o^Uid) fc^lagcm It will strike immedi- 
 ately. 
 Gcht 3f^re Uf)t ric^tic)? Does your watch go 
 
 right? 
 i (Em>ac> ^u gcfi^iDmfcc — Rather too fast — too 
 '■ gU (v^ngfanu slow. 
 
 3ci^ muf) mctnc Uhv auf- I must wind up my 
 jicbcn. watch. 
 
 fct)cn? 
 gr xvat nxd)t ju >§aufe* 
 ^abcn (gie tie Scitunacn 
 
 gckfcn? 
 i 2Ba^ 8i6t c6 9Mic6? 
 -}^ic6t "Old — nii^t^ von 
 
 'Sc(ang* 
 .Oabcn Sic 23ricfc cri)a(= 
 
 ten ? 
 D^ein! bic ^^cft ift nocfi 
 
 nic^t angcfcmmcn. 
 SBoItcn ®ie ju 2)cittag 
 
 6ct mir ejjcn? 
 SBoHcn @ie ju 2{6cnb 
 
 (or, bicfcn Sttcnb) 6ci 
 
 mir cjJcn? 
 l2Bie @ic bclicScn, or^ 
 
 mc @ic vpoUcn* 
 
 en Sie gern 9itnb- 
 
 f (eifc^ ? 
 
 Hare you seen Mr. N? 
 
 He was not at home, 
 
 Haye you read the news- 
 papers? 
 
 What is the news? 
 
 Not much — nothing of 
 importance. 
 
 HaTC you received let- 
 ters ? 
 
 No I the post is not 
 come in yet. 
 
 Will you dine with me? 
 
 Will you sup with me? 
 
 As you like, or, as you 
 
 please. 
 Do you like beef? 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 "S^t ()icr\?on cjcfdtlig, or, 
 6c(ic6cn @ic ctu)a^ ()icr- 
 
 @ie efjcn nid^t* 
 
 ®ie (ajjcn [ic^ nbtl^igen* 
 
 233oHcn ®ie cin ©(a§ 
 
 2Bcin trinfcn? 
 3iot()en 2Bcin (or, fRoti)^ 
 
 mm). 
 SBei^cn 923cin (or, 2Bcig- 
 
 Sft 3^ncn ^affce, obcr 
 
 2f;ce gcfdltig? 
 3d) banfe 3t)ncn* 
 
 S8(ci6cn @ie nodb cin 
 
 tbenig* 
 Sitcn @ie nid^t 
 3^ t)a6c nic^t (or, Fcinc) 
 
 SBoHcn ®ie micbct fom- 
 
 mcn? 
 ©S tf)ut mit (eib — id^ 
 
 I)abc St6()a(tunci* 
 S()un @ie mit ben ©e- 
 
 fatten* 
 Sajjen @te fid^ erbitten. 
 
 5d^ 6itte ©ic* 
 ©cpn @ic fo gut* 
 @epn ®ie fo gutig. 
 ^abcn @ic Me ©ute» 
 
 Do you choose any 
 thing of this? 
 
 You do not eat. 
 
 You want to be pressed. 
 
 Will you drink a glass 
 
 of wine? 
 Red wine. 
 
 White wine. 
 
 Do you choose coffee, or 
 tea? 
 
 I thank you. (This, like 
 the French bien obli- 
 ge^ generally signifies, 
 that the offer is de- 
 clined.) 
 
 Stay a little longer. 
 
 Do not be in a hurry. 
 I haye not time. 
 
 Will you come again? 
 
 I am sorry — I am pre- 
 
 yented. 
 Do me this fay our. 
 
 Be entreated, be per- 
 suaded. 
 I beg you. 
 Be so good. 
 Be so kind. 
 Haye the goodness. 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 e§ tft mir nic^t mcgtic^* 
 2e6cn ©ic n:)ol;L 
 ©utcn Zaq. 
 ©utc yiad)t' 
 SDtorgen fcf)cn xv'it unS 
 tpicbcr* 
 
 95i§ aufg 2Bicbcrfcf)cm 
 ©c^lafcn @ic tPot^L 
 (£6 \\t fpdt 
 e§ ift friit). 
 @inb @ie mube? 
 
 It IS not possible for me. 
 
 Farewell! good bye! 
 
 Good day. 
 
 Good night. 
 
 To morrow we see each 
 
 other again, or, we 
 
 meet again. 
 Till we meet again. 
 May you sleep well. 
 It is late. 
 It is early. 
 Are you tired, or, sleepy? 
 
 manb fommcm 
 dh ffopft jemanb* 
 2Bet ift ba? 
 Jpcrcin* 
 iOiad^cn ®te bic 2t)ur 
 
 auf* 
 93tad)cn @tc bie Sf)ur ju* 
 ^(ingefn ©ic, or, fcf)cltcn 
 
 ©ii% 
 ©eben ©ie mir. 
 Sringcn ©ie mir* 
 ^olcn ©ie mir* 
 2So ift? 
 2Bic mi? 
 ©a^ ift tljeucr? 
 
 I think, I hear some 
 
 body coming. 
 Somebody knocks. 
 Who is there? 
 Come in. 
 Open the door. 
 
 Shut the door. 
 Ring the Bell. 
 
 Give me (i. e. to me). 
 Bring me (i. e. to me). 
 Fetch me (i. e. for me). 
 Where is? 
 How much ? 
 That is dear. 
 
s 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 i 
 
 2. For polite^ or complimentary^ Coiiversatt'on.X 
 
 G^ ift mir an9cnc()m, 
 ^afj xi) bie S(;re I;abc, 
 @ic ju fc[)cn. 
 
 25crjci!;cn ®ic, ba^ icl^ 
 fo fvci bin, 3(;ncn 
 mcine 9cf)orfamft-c 2lu[- 
 trartung ju mad[)cn* 
 
 @ie crjcigen mit vicfe 
 (Sf)rc burcf) 3()tcn gu- 
 ticjcn Scfucf> 
 
 3d) l)abc (ange ba5 
 ©Uuf mljt 9c(;a6t, 
 @ic ju fef)cn; un6 
 fv:ue mid) baf)er/ @ie 
 fo xi^^lji ju finbcn* 
 
 ®ie bcftnben ©icl^ bod^ 
 aud^ rcd)t tt)o()L 
 
 9Ba6 mad)cn 3(KC ttJcr^ 
 tf)cn 2fn9ct)oriacn ? 
 
 3rf)^bm 3()ncn fur 3f)^e 
 gutigc Jiad^fragc Der- 
 bunbcn : @ic finb altc 
 gefiinb unb n)ot)L 
 
 ©a6 frcut mid^ auf^erct- 
 bentttd^* 
 
 aSSoKcn ®tc @id^ ntd^t 
 niebcriajjcn? 
 
 ©arf id^ 3f)n^n cincn 
 (Stuf)f anbietcn? 
 
 3d^ bitte 9cf)orfamft/ bc- 
 muf)cn @ie ©id^ nid^t* 
 
 3d^ bittc, fc^en @ie @ic^> 
 
 I am happy to have the 
 honour of seeing you. 
 
 Pardon me for taking 
 the liberty of paying 
 my humble respects 
 to you. 
 
 You do me great ho- 
 nour by your hind 
 yisit. 
 
 I have, for a long while, 
 not had the happiness 
 of seeing you; and 
 am therefore glad to 
 find you so w^elh 
 
 You are likewise very 
 well, I hope. 
 
 How is your family? 
 
 I am obliged to you for 
 your kind enquiry: 
 they are all in health, 
 and well. 
 
 That gives me very 
 great pleasure. 
 
 Will you not take a 
 seat? 
 
 May I offer you a chair?! 
 
 I beg, you will not trou-| 
 
 ble yourself. 
 I beg you to be seated.! 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 ©ic finb fcbr gutig. 
 
 3c^ Danfe 3'^ncn v)crfcinb- 
 
 3cf) furcf)tc @ic ju 6c- 
 (dftigcn* 
 
 9icin/ im gcringften nid^t: 
 c§ madbt mir l)ingegcn 
 yic(c§ aScrgnugcn, @ie 
 iu fef)en. 
 
 3c^ rDimfd^tc, tDcnn c§ 
 3()te gcit erfaubt, ein 
 paar SBorte ubct cine 
 getDitTe ©ad^e mit 3!)^ 
 ncn ju rcbcn* 
 
 3ci^ tt)i(( 3f)ncn mit bem 
 grb^ten 23ergnugcn barin 
 bicncn* 
 
 ©ie t)crpffid^ten mid^ burd^ 
 3()rc ©cfdIIigPeit* 
 
 i ®arf id^ mir nid^t bie 
 (£f)te 3t)tcr ©efclt- 
 fd^aft auf morgcn 
 SDtittag (obct auf mot^^ 
 gen 5{6enb) jum Sjjen 
 ctbitten ? 
 ©a§ tDirb ^icfe (£f)te fur 
 midf) fet)n. 
 
 3c^ cmpfe(){c mid& 3f)- 
 
 ncn* 
 3d^ ()a6e bie S()re mid^ 
 
 3f}nen ju empfe()(em 
 
 You are very tind. 
 
 I thank you yery much. 
 
 I am afraid of being 
 troublesome to you. 
 
 No, not in the least: on 
 the contrary, it gives 
 me great pleasure to 
 see you. 
 
 I could wish, if your 
 time permits it, to 
 speak with you a few 
 words, upon a certain 
 subject. 
 
 I will, with the greatest 
 pleasure, serve you 
 in it. 
 
 You oblige me greatly 
 by your kindness. 
 
 May I request the ho- 
 nour of your company 
 to-morrow to dinner 
 (or to supper)? 
 
 That will be a great 
 honour for me. 
 
 I recommend myself to 
 you. 
 
 I have the honour of re- 
 commending myself 
 to you. (These are 
 expressions of res- 
 pect, similar to /'your 
 
10 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 3^ bitk mit fctnet 3f)- 
 re ®ett)ogen{)eit unb 
 ^reunbfd^aft au§* 
 
 Sann Id^ tie Sf)re f)a6en? 
 
 ©arf ic^ ®ie bitten? 
 
 ©arf i4 ®ie 6cmuf)en? 
 
 SBoKcn @ie mit ct(au* 
 6en? 
 
 3^ 6itte urn 95etjeif)un§* 
 
 Sntfd^utbigen ©ic mi^» 
 
 S3crjcif)m @ie mit* 
 3ft 3f)ncn gefdltig? 
 
 humble servant, your 
 most obedient ser- 
 vant.") 
 
 I farther request your 
 favour, and friend- 
 ship. 
 
 May I have the honour? 
 
 May I beg you? 
 
 May I trouble you? 
 
 Will you permit me? 
 
 I beg pardon. 
 
 Excuse me , pardon 
 
 me. 
 Pardon me. 
 Does it please you? 
 
 3. For Travelling. 
 
 233ic wcit ift ^Cttin "OOn How far is Berlin from 
 
 l)ict? , hence? 
 
 gwanjig (beutfd^e) SOld* Twenty (German) miles. 
 
 * A German mile is the fifteenth part of an equa- 
 torial degree 5 consequently, the proportion of a Ger- 
 man mile to an English, is :r 15: 69, or nearly 1: 4^/i}\ 
 which makes a German mile equal to 4^4 English,] 
 within a small fraction. 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 11 
 
 923ie ^te(e ©taticnm 
 
 rcn 
 
 ?^ 
 
 3^ gtauSe, jcf)n* 
 Unb tt)ie ^te( 6cjaf)(t man 
 fut bic (Station? 
 
 Sieifcn @ie mit jwci, 
 obet mit ^icr ^fet- 
 fccn? 
 
 ©ett?6f)n(i^ mit jweien, 
 tt)enn bic SSege nid^t 
 JU fd^ted^t finb* 
 
 ©ie ©ttagc t)on ^> nad^ 
 &* ift jicmlid^ gut* S§ 
 ift cine f)of)e fianbftta^c 
 (or, ChaiissSe),f 
 
 3ft ba§ bic Sanbfttafc, 
 
 obet cin S*^f»^tt^^9 i^^- 
 
 bentpcg) ? 
 2Bo 9e()t biefet 933e3 
 
 {)in? 
 ©icfet jut Sled^ten (or, 
 
 tcc^tS)* 
 
 How many stages hare 
 we to pass? 
 
 I think, ten. 
 And how much does one 
 pay for a stage? 
 
 Do you travel with two, 
 or with four horses? 
 
 Commonly with two, 
 whea the roads are 
 not too bad. 
 
 The road from H. to G. 
 is pretty good. It is 
 a turnpike road. 
 
 Is that the high road, 
 or a cross-road (by- 
 road) ? 
 
 "Where does this road 
 go-to? 
 
 This one to the right. 
 
 * This phrase contains two impure, or spurious, 
 words, not truly German, viz: ©tatiotteit, and pafflrctt. 
 A well taught, and accurate scholar will always shun 
 such foreign terms. Here the phrase might be: 2Bie 
 i5tefe ^Of!tt5ec^feI i)aten Wir? how many changes of posts 
 have we? This would, however, not be so easily un- 
 derstood, in common life, as the expressions, ©tationetl 
 and pafjlten, which may be considered as a sort of tech- 
 nical language; and it may, therefore, in a practical 
 point of view, be excusable to employ them. 
 
 f A French term for a high road. 
 
12 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 Scncr jut fiinfcn (or, 
 iinU). 
 
 ©ie 2Bcge ftnb tauf)* 
 ©ie ©purcn ticf» 
 S*e Qd)t )dctQ = auf — 
 aSerg - a6* 
 
 ^oftPnec^t (or, ^oftiHon, 
 also ©cfiwagct), fat)tt 
 
 aCBarum faf)rt 3()^ f"^ 
 
 langfam? 
 %al)n gcfc^vDinber* 
 
 2Bir fa{)rcn faum einc 
 ^albe (bcutfc{)e) 93tcire 
 in einet ©tunbe* 
 
 ©a^ ift ju arg* 
 
 2Benn 5(;t nid^t beffcr 
 fat)rt, fo friegt 3t)c 
 fcin JrinPgctb.^ 
 
 @mb bie ^fcrbe mube? 
 
 235ir muffen 23orfpann 
 
 nef)men* 
 Jpattet in biefem ©crfe> 
 3ft bafelbft ein SBirtf)^- 
 
 ^ann i^ xiUt yia^t t)kt 
 bleibcn (or, logtreu)2 f 
 
 That one to the left. 
 
 The roads are rough. 
 The ruts deep. 
 It goes up hill — down 
 hill. 
 
 Postboy, go on. 
 
 Why do you drive so 
 
 slow? 
 Drive faster. 
 
 We scarce go half a ' 
 (German) mile in an ! 
 hour. 
 
 That is too bad. 
 
 If you do not drive bet-j 
 ter, you will not get J 
 any money. 
 
 Are the horses tired? 
 
 We must get some ad- 
 ditional horses. 
 Stop in this village. 
 Is there an Inn? 
 
 Can I stay here this] 
 night. 
 
 ♦ The gratuity that is given to the lower people 
 as an additional reward for their services, besides theii 
 wages, is called Xrinfge(b , literally^ drinking moneyj 
 that is, money intended to be spent in drink. ^ i 
 
 f Here is again a French term, of which descrip 
 tion there are still many to be found in the language* 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 10 
 
 ^akm ®ic Qutc aSctte 
 (or, a3cttcn)?^' 
 
 3()nen aufjun?artcn> 
 
 9^cf)mt mcinc (Sadden au§ 
 tern SBagcn. 
 
 33rin9t ten ivcjfct f)ercin> 
 
 23erj3etlt ben 9)iantclfac5 
 nic^r* 
 
 ^crt SBirtf)/ ncf)mcn @ie 
 mcinc ^dcfcrcicn in 
 
 @ic muiJcn bafut cinftc()cn* 
 
 met? 
 Jpci^cn ®ic ein* 
 
 ; <^ 
 
 Sajjcn @ic cm()ci^en* 
 
 Haye you good beds? 
 
 At your service. 
 
 Well, I will get out* 
 
 Take my things out of 
 the carriage* 
 
 Bring in the trnuk. 
 
 Do not forget the port- 
 manteau. 
 
 Landlord, take care of 
 my luggage. 
 
 You must answer for 
 it. 
 
 Where is the bed-room ? 
 
 Ligt a fire, or, make a 
 fire, in the room. 
 
 Get a fire lighted. 
 
 Though they begin to be exploded from accurate and 
 refined discourse, and composition, they remain as yet 
 current among the people, and are, in some instances, 
 better understood, than the legitimate German expres- 
 
 isions, that are substituted for them. AYherever they 
 occur, in these phrases, they \Till be printed inltaliclis, 
 
 |and be put in brackets. 
 
 * Either of these Mords, ^etU, or, Settett, will do 
 ^ ,lfor the question: the difference between them, however, 
 -'! jcught to be understood, ^ette are the beds altogether, 
 n^edsteads and beddings; Setteit refers to the parts, 
 Jjcomposing the inside of a bed, the bedding. See Gr. 
 ;!p. 144, 5. 
 
14 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 aSae fann ic^ 5U cjjcn 
 
 3ft fcin ^uc^cngcttd bal 
 ©a*3 ift alfo bier nic^t gc^ 
 6raud)lic{)f, eincn ^u- 
 Acnjcttcl 5U t;aUcn. 
 
 fommcn? 
 g©a§ fur 2Bem f)aben 
 
 @ie l;ict? 
 gr ift ni^t ^orsugtic^* 
 
 $Da5 tf}ut mir tcib. 
 
 2Bie Old foftct bie ^t^f^^ 
 (or, Bouteille?) 
 
 ©amit ift et 6ejat)(t* 
 
 3d^ mag it;n nic^U 
 
 ibnncn @ie mir ^affee 
 mac^cn? 
 
 £) ja, ttjcnn 3f;ncn ge- 
 fdttig ift> 
 
 aSeUebcn @ie gcfoc^te 
 2)Wcf) fcaju? 
 
 5icin If altcngia{)m (or, fat- 
 ten S^ott, f a(te @a(;ne). 
 
 ©oH ic^ @ie bebienen? 
 
 58ringt mit ben ©tiefet^^ 
 fnecf)t unb ein ^^aar 
 ^antoffeln. 
 
 Bring a candle. 
 
 What can I have to eat? 
 
 Is there no bill of fare? 
 So, it is not usual 
 
 here to keep a bill of 
 
 fare. 
 Well, what can I have? 
 
 What sort of wine have 
 
 you here? 
 It is not particularly 
 
 good. 
 That I am sorry for. 
 How much does a bottle 
 
 cost? 
 It is paid with that, (i.e. 
 
 that is money enough 
 
 for it.) 
 1 do not like it. 
 
 Can you make some 
 
 coffee for me? 
 
 Certainly, if you please. 
 
 Do you like boiled milk 
 
 with it? 
 No, cold cream. 
 
 Shall I help you? 
 
 Bring me the bootjack, 
 
 and a pair of J^lippers, 
 
PHRASES, 
 
 15 
 
 3c^ tptlt ba§ ^ctt gctvdrmt 
 habciu 
 
 3* bcnPc mcrgcn fc()V fcu() 
 abjurcifcn* 
 
 ®ic mutJcn mid^ a(fo 
 
 Um VDie ^:>icf Ubr? 
 
 Um wddjc B^it2 
 
 Um I)a(6 >jici% 
 
 ©cnniif) mu^bcnSagncci^ 
 na(I)vpamfcur9 fcmmcm 
 
 fcnncm 
 
 2Bit n^cHcn fchcn. 
 2Bo ift tie Dicc^nung? 
 
 9vcd^ncn [ic t)tct nad^ 2:()a- 
 tcrn, '"' ©re[c£)cn unb 
 ^fcnnigcn? 
 
 ©inb bicJ3 @utc=©rofd^cn 
 obct focjenannte DJiaricn* 
 ©ro[d[)cn? f 
 
 I want to have my bed 
 warmed. 
 
 I think of setting out 
 yery early tomorrow. 
 
 Therefore, youmust call 
 me. 
 
 At what o'clock 
 
 At what time? 
 
 At half past three. 
 
 For I must that day get 
 to Hamburg. 
 
 That you will hardly be 
 able to do* 
 
 We will see. 
 Where is the bill? 
 
 Do you reckon here by 
 dollars, ^"^ groshes, and 
 pennigs? 
 
 Are those good groshes, 
 or what they call 
 Mary-groshes ?"* 
 
 * A dollar, ({Heicb^tl)a(er, commonly called rixdol- 
 iar by the English, which, in the original, means dol- 
 lar of the Empire) according to the general coinage in 
 Germany, A\as, upon an average, usually estimated at 
 3.^ 6<i English : but, according to the present course of 
 exchange (Jidy 1825), which is in favour of England, it 
 is little more than 3^. During the late war, the balance 
 of exchange was against England, and the rixdollar 
 was w^orth more than 3^ 6d. 
 
 f They were called Mary-groshes, because they 
 bore originally an impression of the Holy Virgin* 
 
 b '' 
 
16 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 2Sa$ ift cin Svtcit^cr? 
 
 Bmi Srcul3et cin ©cd^fer* 
 
 Bn?ct) ®ed[)fct cin©ro[(f)cn 
 (or, ©utct-©ro[(f)cn)* 
 
 23icr unb jtDanjig ©utc- 
 @rofd)cn cin Zt)aUv* 
 
 Std^t @ro[(f)cn (i. e. ©utc= 
 ©tofcl^cn) cin ©rittcf, 
 obct cin f)at6ct ©u(^ 
 ben* 
 
 <B^^^d)n cin ©ufbcn* 
 
 Sbcr nad^ SDtaricn == @ro- 
 fd^cn, xvk md gel/cn 
 auf cincn 2f;a(cr? ~ 
 @cd^6 unb bvcif3i3* 
 
 &n pfennig ift ii<^t ac^te 
 Xi)M cinc6 93(aticn- 
 grofd^en^, unb bet 
 gn)b(ftc cinc^ ©utcn- 
 ©rofc^cn6* 
 
 SK>a6 t)cif5t cin mattkxl 
 
 Sin f)al(6er 9}^iricn=©vo- 
 fd^cn. 
 
 ^dkt ift menigcv aB cin 
 pfennig ? 
 
 Sfufjct biefcn gicbt c5 fo 
 i)ic(e Siunjartcn in 
 ©eutfd^tanb, baf^ c^ 
 Scit crforbcrt, \k fcn= 
 nen ju (crncn^ 
 
 '^*unf Zi)akx mac^cn cine 
 ^ifto(e. 
 
 What is a kroilzer? 
 
 Two kroitzers a sexer. 
 
 Two sexers a grosh, or 
 good grosh. 
 
 Four and twenty good 
 groshes a dollar. 
 
 Eight groshes (i. e. good 
 groshes) a drittel, or 
 half a gilder. 
 
 Sixteen a gilder. 
 
 Or, according to Mary- 
 groshes , how many 
 go to a dollar? — 
 Thirty - six. 
 
 A pennig is the eighth 
 part of a Mary-grosh, 
 and the twelfth of a 
 good grosh. 
 
 What is called a mat- 
 teer? 
 
 Half a Mary-grosh. 
 
 Heller is less than a 
 pennig. 
 
 Besides these, there are 
 so many sorts of coin 
 in Germany, that it 
 
 • requires time to get 
 acquainted with them. 
 
 Five dollars make a 
 pistole. 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 17 
 
 ©a6 f)ci^t, SRcici)6tba(cr/ 
 nicf)t [o genanntc ©rof^e 
 
 Stealer. ^- 
 
 g6 ift ein S*^iebrid^§b'cr/ 
 ein Soui^b'or, cm 
 Savfb'or* t 
 
 3ft bie ^tftofc (or, bcr 
 S*ncbncf)'Dor,etc.) oolU 
 
 a5icHcitf)t cttt)a6 ju (cid^t* 
 
 ©c6cn ©te Stufgctb (or, 
 
 Agio)? ff 
 3Bie f)cc]^ fommt bic 
 
 Sicd^nung ? 
 
 ten? 
 
 ©ie 3led^nung bctrdgt fo 
 vieL 
 
 ftebcn ba^ StnfcftrcU 
 fecn* 
 
 That IS to say, rlxdoUars, 
 
 not what are called 
 
 big dollars, or French 
 
 dollars. 
 Get change for me. 
 It is a Frederic d'or, a 
 
 Louis d'or, a Charles 
 
 d'or. 
 Is the pistole (or the 
 
 Frederic d'or, etc.) 
 
 full weight? 
 Perhaps somewhat too 
 
 light. 
 Do you giye agio? 
 
 What does the bill 
 
 amount to? 
 What haye I to pay ? 
 
 The bill amounts to so 
 much. 
 
 Landlord , you under- 
 stand making out a 
 bill. 
 
 * Those dollars are also called, in Germany, ici\x\^* 
 t^afer, foliage-dollars, from the wreath of foliage, im- 
 pressed upon them. 
 
 f All these are different denominations for a pi- 
 stole, taken from the names of the sovereigns that 
 coined them. 
 
 ff Agio (^ufge(b) is money, paid for the difference 
 between the value of gold-, and silver-coin. In Germany, 
 the balance is, generally, in favour of the gold. 
 
18 
 
 PHRASES, 
 
 ©a^ ift bittig. 
 
 S^ ift ju mi — a6cr f)ier 
 
 ift 3()r ©cfb. 
 2Bo fmb tie «pfctbe? 
 ©pannt an* 
 fOiad^t fort. 
 3ft bet SBagcn 9c=: 
 
 fc^miert? 
 @inb bie SKdbcr in gutcm 
 
 ©tanbe ? 
 0it(l^t§ jerbro^cn? 
 2Bc(c^eg ift ba§ beftc 
 
 a2Sivtr)6f)au6 in ^.l 
 
 That is unreasonable. 
 
 That is reasonable. 
 
 It is to much — but here 
 
 is your money. 
 Where are the horses? 
 Put to. 
 Make haste. 
 Has the carriage been 
 
 greased? 
 Are the wheels in good 
 
 condition? 
 Nothing brohen? 
 Which is the best Inn 
 
 at H.? 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Therms relating tho the Human Body. 
 
 ©Ct Sei6/ the body, 
 ©et ^opf, the head, 
 ©ic (Sd^ldfe, plur. the 
 
 temples, 
 ©ie ©time (or, ©tirn), 
 
 the forehead. 
 ©a§ Sfuge, the eye. 
 ©a^ 5(ugcn(ieb/ the eye- 
 lid; pi. bic Slugcnlie- 
 
 fccr* 
 ©ic Slugenbraune / the 
 
 eye-brow: pi. bie 2[u- 
 
 Qcnfetauncn* 
 ©ie ^ugmmimpern/ pi. 
 
 the eye-lashes. 
 
 ©ie >Oaare/ pi. the hair; 
 
 sing, iah ^aar+ 
 ©ie a^afe, the nose. 
 ©aS 9^afen(od^, the nos- 
 
 tril. 
 
 ©a6 <Df)t/ the ear. 
 ©et 9}Zunb, the mouth. 
 ©ie Sippe, the lip. 
 ©ct Bat)n, the tooth. 
 ©a6 S4^ffcifc^ , the 
 gums. 
 
 ©ie S^^9^/ t^^ tongue. 
 
 ©et ©aumen, the pa- 
 late. 
 
 ©et SBarfen, tie SBacfe, 
 bie SSange, the cheek. 
 
 ©a^ Sinn, the chin. 
 
 ©ie ^innfabe, bet Sinn- 
 bacfen/ the jaw-bone. 
 
 ©et )Qaxtf the beard* 
 
 ©ie Set)(e/ the throaty 
 the windpipe. 
 
 ©et ^§al^, the neck, 
 chiefly the forepart. 
 
 ©et D^acfen, the neck 
 
 behind. 
 
 ©ie ©c^uftet, bie 5td^[e(, 
 
 the shoulder. 
 
 ©et Ovucfen, the back 
 
 ©et Stucfgtat, the back- 
 bone, the spine. 
 
 ©et Sttm, the arm. 
 
 ©et Sfbcgen, the elbow. 
 
 ©ie ^anb, the hand. 
 
 ©ie Sauft, the fist. 
 
 ©et S'inget/ the finger. 
 
 ©et ^^agef, the nail. 
 
20 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 JDcrSaumeu/ the thumb. 
 
 ©ct ^nb^df the knuck- 
 le. 
 
 S5ie Sruft, the breast, 
 chest. 
 
 ©et Saud^, or, (more 
 decorously) bet Sci6, 
 the bellj, or, (more 
 decently) the sto- 
 mach. 
 
 ©et 9)?a9en, the sto- 
 mach. 
 ©a§ ^ein, the leg. 
 ©et @cf)cnfc(/ the thigh. 
 ©a6 Snic, the knee, 
 ©ic ®cf)icne, -ba6 ©d^ien- 
 
 tciU/ the shin. 
 
 S)ie ^ab^, the calf of 
 
 the leg^ 
 S5er guf3, the foot. 
 ©et ^noc^et, the ankle. 
 ©ie B^f)^/ th^ toe. 
 ©ic S'^^rfc, bie Jpacfe, bet 
 
 x^arfcn, the heel. 
 ^ai ©cknfe, the joint* 
 ©te ^aut, the skin. 
 ©a^ S'tcif^, the flesh. 
 ©a§ ^(ut, the blood. 
 SDa§ ®c(;irn, the brain, 
 ©ie (Stngcweibc, pi. the 
 
 bowels, 
 ©a^ ^crj, the heart. 
 S)ic fiunge, the lungs. 
 
 2* Terms relating to Dress. 
 
 ©ie ^(eibung, dress, 
 
 clothes. 
 Sic ^(eibung^ftucfe, pi. 
 
 wearing apparel. 
 
 ©ie 2Bdfc^e, clothes, 
 which are sent to the 
 wash, linen. 
 
 ©a^ Zxx^f the cloth: 
 also the handker- 
 chief. 
 
 ©ie ScineVDanb, linen 
 cloth. 
 
 ©ic ©eibe, the silk. 
 S)ic SBolIe, the wool. 
 ©ie a3aumtt)oHe, the 
 
 cotton. 
 
 ©a^ ^(eib, a mans 
 dress coat; also a wo- 
 man's gown. 
 
 ©ct 9todf/ the coat; als< 
 petticoat. 
 
 S)cr ^ut, the hat. 
 
 ©ic SOfu^e/ the cap. 
 
 VjJ? 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 21 
 
 ©a^o ^aUtn^, the neck- 
 
 clotli. 
 £)a§ @d)nupftud^ , the 
 
 pocket-handherchief. 
 
 ©a^ v^emb, the shirty 
 or, shift. 
 
 ©ie SBcfte, the waist- 
 coat. 
 
 ©ic ^ofen, (also bic >6o^ 
 (C/ in the sing.), or, 
 
 bie Seinffeiber, the 
 breeches, small clo- 
 thes. 
 
 Sin ^aat ^cfen; cin 
 ^aar SciuFkibet , a 
 pair of breeches; a 
 a pair of small clothes. 
 
 ©cr ©ttumpf/ the stock- 
 ing; pi. bk ©trurn- 
 
 Sin ^aat ©trumpfc, a 
 
 pair of stockings. 
 
 ©a^ ®trumpf6anb, the 
 
 garter. 
 
 ©cr @c^uf), the shoe; 
 pi. bie ®cf;ui)i% 
 
 ©cr ©ticfct, the boot; 
 pL bie ©ticfcL 
 
 ©Ct ^anteffel, the slip- 
 per; pi. bie ^antof- 
 feln. 
 
 ©ie ©c^nattc/ the buck- 
 le. 
 
 ©et ^nopf, the button. 
 
 ©ie Safd^Cf the pocket. 
 
 ©ie (S^nurbruft, the 
 
 stays, 
 ©ec 5'^ben, the thread, 
 ©ie ?iabe(, the needle, 
 
 the pin. 
 
 ©ie ©tedfnabet, the pin. 
 
 3. Terms relating to the House ^ Furniture^ 
 
 Utensils , etc. 
 
 ©a§ ^m^, the house. 
 
 ©a^ Simmer, the apart- 
 ment, the room, 
 chamber. 
 
 ©et ^acHf a large room, 
 saloon. 
 
 ©ie ©tube, the room. 
 
 ©ie hammer, a small 
 
 apartment, chamber, 
 commonly understood 
 to be without store, 
 or fire-place. 
 
 ©a§ @cf)!afjimmet, ik 
 ©dE)(af£ammer, bie 
 :S^ammer, the bed- 
 room. 
 
22 
 
 \OGABULARY. 
 
 ©ic 2f)iir, the door. 
 
 ©a^3 S'^^nftcr, the win- 
 dow. 
 
 T>a^ ©acf), the rooF. 
 
 S)tc Sccfe, the ceiling; 
 also the cover of any 
 thing. 
 
 Sic Srcj^pc, the stairs. 
 
 S>a^ ©cfdnbct/ the rails, 
 balusters. 
 
 ©er OfcH/ the stove. 
 
 ftdttC/ the fire-place. 
 
 SX^r ©d^ornftcin, feie 
 gcuetmaucv , t»cr 
 
 ©d^tot, the chimney. 
 ©Ct ^cerb, the hearth, 
 S>ie Suc^C, the kitchen. 
 ©ie ^ot)(C/ the coal. 
 ©a§ -^o(j, the wood. 
 ©a^ 'Srcnnf)o(5, the fire- 
 
 wood, 
 ©er ©tcin/ the stone. 
 ©a6 a3ctt, the bed. 
 ©a6 ^ifjcn, the cushion. 
 
 ©a^ ^opfEifJcn, the pil- 
 low. 
 ©ie aSetten, pi. ba^ ©c^ 
 
 6ctt, the bedding. 
 
 ©a§ g-ebetbett, the fea- 
 ther-bed. 
 
 ©ic n)ottene ©erfe, the 
 
 blanket. 
 ©et Stfd^, the table. 
 S5ct @tut}(, the chair. 
 
 ©Ct ©Cjjcf/ a large chair, 
 
 also a stool. 
 ©ic Suj^bccfC/ the carpet, 
 ©cr 23or[)an3/ bie ©av* 
 
 bine, the curtain. 
 
 ©a^ 9JiCj|"cr, the knife. 
 ©ic (Babdf the fork, 
 ©ec Scjfcl, the spoon, 
 ©ct (StKbffd, the table- 
 spoon. 
 
 ©cr 2:(;cclbjf d / the tea- 
 spoon. 
 
 ©er ^otfcgdbjfd, gtoge 
 £bffc(/ the ladle, soup- 
 ladle. 
 
 ©ct ScKcr, the plate. 
 
 ©ie @rf)UtTc(/ the dish. 
 
 ©a^ Scrfcn, the bason. 
 
 ©a§ ©(a§, the glass. 
 
 ©a^ 2Bcing(a§, the wine- 
 glass. 
 
 ©a^ 'Sictg(a6, the beer- 
 glass. 
 
 ©a^ gro^e @ia§, the 
 
 large glass, tumbler. 
 ©ct Sopf/ the pot. 
 ©ie Sajje, cup and 
 
 saucer. 
 
 ©a6 Sbpfd^en, the cup; 
 ba^ @c^d(cl^en/ or, Un*| 
 terfdE)d((^en/ the sau-j 
 cer. 
 
 ©ie Sbertajje, the cup;| 
 bie UntertafTe , the] 
 saucer. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 23 
 
 S5ic %ia\djC; (bic Bo2i' 
 
 teille] 5 the bottle. 
 $Dae Sbccicug, the tea- 
 
 things. 
 
 the ta- 
 
 ©a6 Sifc^tud^, 
 
 ble-cloth. 
 ©a§ ScHcrtu^ , (bie >S^r- 
 
 viette)^ the napkin. 
 ©a6>fi)anbtud^, the towel. 
 ©ae Settud), the sheet, 
 ©ic 9}Jatrak/ the ma- 
 
 tress, 
 ©ie ©(ocfe, the bell. 
 ©cr @c^(ofi/ the lock, 
 ©ec @(^(uijc(, the kej. 
 ©a^ @cf)(ujycUod^, the 
 
 key-hole. 
 
 ©tc gcucrjange, the 
 tongs. 
 
 ©cr ©tcbrcr/ the poker. 
 ©ic @cf)aufci/ the sho\eL 
 ©ae Sic^t/ the candle; 
 
 also the light. 
 ©ic Sampe, the lamp. 
 ©ae 9^acf)t(ic^t, the ni-ht- 
 
 light, 
 ©cr Scud^tcr, the can- 
 dle-stick. 
 
 ©ic Cic^tfc^ccrc, bic Sid^t^ 
 
 pUl3C/ the snuffers. 
 ©a6 ^apijt/ the paper. 
 ©ic S^'bct/ the pen. 
 ©ic ©intc, the ink. 
 ©ae ©intcnfa^/ the ink* 
 
 stand. 
 ©ct JBlctftift, the (black^ 
 lead) pencil. 
 
 4. Therms relating 
 
 ©ie (Spcifc, the food. 
 
 ©ct Sranf, the drink. 
 
 ©a^ ©CttdnE, the beve- 
 rage. 
 
 ©as ^rot, the bread. 
 
 ©ic SSuttcr, the butter. 
 
 ©a^ SSutt^brot, bread 
 and butter. 
 
 ©a§ Skif^, the flesh, 
 meat. 
 
 'pa^ gttnbff cifc^ , beef. 
 
 ©a^Jpammclflcif^, mut- 
 ton ♦ 
 
 fo J'oot? and Drink. 
 
 ©a§ Salbflcifd^, veaL 
 ©a^ @c^n:)cincftcifd^ , 
 
 pork. 
 
 ©cr ©d^infcn, the ham. 
 ©cr ®pccf, bacon. 
 ©cr ^utcr, the turkey. 
 ©cr ^apaun, the ca- 
 pon. 
 ©a^S ^uf)n/ the fowL 
 Ranges ^uf)n , chiken. 
 ©ic @an^, the goose. 
 ©ic Sntc, the duck. 
 
24 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 S)a§ ©cf(lli)c(, birds for 
 the table, poultry. 
 
 ©ic 2;au6c/ the pigeon. 
 
 ©a6 dlcbl)nl)l\f the par- 
 tridge. 
 
 ©ic (Sc^ncpfc, the snipe. 
 
 ©ie 2Batb[4ncpfc , the 
 woodcock. 
 
 ©Ct S'^f^H/ the pheasant. 
 
 55a§ SBUbprct, game, 
 yenison. 
 
 ©cr >§a[c, th^ hare. 
 
 ®et %i\(i), th^ fish. 
 
 ©er ^arpfc, the carp. 
 
 ©ie @cf)(eit)e/ the tench. 
 
 ©cr 2ad^6, the salmon. 
 
 S5te Sc^vcltc, the trout. 
 
 ©et ^laif the eel. 
 
 ©cr 93ar§, the perch. 
 
 ©Ct 5*f^nbcr, the floun- 
 der. 
 
 ©cr ©tecFfifcfe, cod. 
 
 ©cr ©d^cllfifc^, the had- 
 dock, 
 
 ©et ^te66, the craw- 
 fish. 
 
 ©ct .gummct, the lob- 
 ster. 
 
 ©ie StabSc/ the crab. • 
 
 ©ie Sluftet, the oyster 5 
 pi. t)ie Siuftern* 
 
 ©a§ @a(jy the salt. 
 
 ©er ^fcfircr, the pep- 
 per, 
 ©as Ddf oil. 
 
 ©cr (SffiS/ the vinegar^ 
 
 ©a§ Cicmufc, the vege- 
 tables. 
 
 ©cr ©parcict, asparagus. 
 
 ©ic ivartoffcf, the pota- 
 toes pi. Sartojfctm 
 
 ©cr ^oi)if the cabbage. 
 
 ©cr 23tumcnf o()( , the 
 
 cauliflower. 
 
 ©cr®pinat, the spinage. 
 
 ©ic (Srbfc, the pea; pi. 
 (Srbfcn. 
 
 ©ic 25ot)nC/ the bean: 
 pi. 5Sot)nciu 
 
 ©ic 9\u6C/ the turnip. 
 
 ©ic 9J^6()rC/ the carrot, 
 
 ©ic ©urfc, the cucum- 
 ber. 
 
 ©ic ^wkMf the onion. 
 
 ©cr Slcttig, the radish. 
 
 ©cr 9}iccrrctti9 , the 
 
 horse-radish, 
 ©cr @a(at/ the salad. 
 ©ic @uppc, the soup. 
 ©ic )&mi)Cf bic %U\\^' 
 
 6rubC/ the broth. 
 
 ©ic SunEc, S5ru()C (or 
 Safice)j sauce, gravy. 
 
 ©ic ^aftctc, the pasty, 
 
 ©cr O^ac^tifd^, the de- 
 sert. 
 
 ©a§ ©cbarfcne, the pasj 
 
 try. 
 
 ©cr ^tof5/ ^ubbini 
 
 the pudding. 
 
yOCABULARY. 
 
 25 
 
 ©ic Zottt; the tart. 
 
 ©cr ivud^cn, the cake. 
 
 ©a^ Db)t^ the fruit. 
 
 ©cr 2(pfc(/ the apple. 
 
 JDie 95irne, the pear. 
 
 ©ie ^irfc^C/ the cherry. 
 
 ©ic ^ftaumc, the plum. 
 
 ©ie B"^ctfcf)C/ the long 
 plum, (a particular 
 sort of plum, of an 
 oblong shape , and 
 blue colour, much 
 cultivated in Germa- 
 ny, but hardly known 
 in England.)* 
 
 ©ic ^fiX\ii)C; the peach. 
 
 Sic t]latre ^]3firfc^e, 9^cc= 
 
 tarinC/ the nectarine. 
 ©ieStpricefe, the apricot. 
 ©ic Sif^^^nC/ the lemon, 
 ©ie 2lpfc(fine, (bie Or^72- 
 
 ^^). the orange, sweet 
 orange , China orange. 
 
 ©ic ^omcranjC/ sour 
 orange, Seviila oran- 
 
 ©ic 9}lanbc(, the almond. 
 
 ©ie ©rbbccrC/ the strawy- 
 berry; pi. Srb6ccrcn* 
 
 ©ic x^imbcere, the rasp- 
 berry. 
 
 ©ic 93iau(6ccte, the mul- 
 berry. 
 
 ©ic @tad)c(6ccrc/ the 
 
 gooseberry, 
 ©ic Sj^f^^nniebccvC/ the 
 
 currant. 
 
 ©ic 2BcintraubC/ tic 
 
 Srdubc/ the grape, 
 ©ic Saftanic/ the ches- 
 
 nut. 
 ©ic dlix^y the nut: pi. 
 
 bic DBlJc. 
 ©ic SBaUnujl, the wal- 
 
 nut. 
 ©a§ aSviiJcr, the water. 
 ©a^ aSicV/ the beer, 
 ©cr SBcin, the Vvine. 
 ©cr OvhciniDcin ^ Hhe- 
 
 nish vine, 
 ©cr ^^anjivciH/ French 
 
 wine. 
 ©cv^l3unfcl)/ the punch, 
 ©ct 23ranntipcin, the 
 
 brandy, 
 ©cr SbcC/ the tea. 
 ©cr ^a^cc/ the coffee. 
 
 ©cr S^rf^'^*/ the sugar. 
 ©a§ 5'riii;[tucf/ the bi eak- 
 fast. 
 
 ©a§ 9}Zitta()6C)Jcn , )Sliu 
 taiyimal)i/ the dinner. 
 
 * It is sometimes to be met wilh in Covent-Garden 
 Marker, under the name of pru/ic-pLum, 
 
28 
 
 yOCABULABT. 
 
 ©tcijJSicrtcIftunben, three 
 
 quarters of an hour, 
 ©ie 9}linute, the minute, 
 ©ic ©CCUnbC/ the second. 
 
 ©ct StugcnbUcE , the 
 
 twinkling of an eye. 
 the moment, the in- 
 stant. 
 
 7. Some Adjectives and Verbs. 
 
 ©ro^, great, big, large, 
 ^(cin, little, small, 
 ©irf , thick, 
 ©unn, thin. 
 Sang, long. 
 
 ^mjsr short. 
 gSvcit, broad. 
 @^ma(/ narrow. 
 2Bcit, wide, 
 ^ett , light, 
 ©unfd/ dark. 
 
 engc, tight. 
 
 9U>tt), red. 
 
 @ct6 / yellow. 
 
 Stau, blue. 
 
 ©run, green. 
 
 @cbn)ar5, black. 
 
 aSci^/ white. 
 
 ©ut, good. 
 
 @cf)k(^t, bad. 
 
 @d)6n, fine, beautiful. 
 
 4)ub[d^, pretty, 
 ©avftig , nasty. 
 
 THE EISD. 
 
 giiebUc^/ neat, nice, 
 ©efc^wlnb, quick. 
 Sangfam, slow, 
 gtcifcn, to travel. 
 ©ct)cn/ to go, to walk. 
 Sabrcn, to more by 
 means of a carriage. 
 Sicitcn, to ride on horse- 
 back. 
 SaufcH/ to run. 
 ©tcben, to stand. 
 Stcgcn, to lie down, 
 jpolcn, to fetch. 
 ^vingcn, to bring. 
 @pic(cn, to play. 
 Sefcn, to read. 
 @cf)rci6cn, to write. 
 @rf)ncibcn, to cut. 
 Sa^cn, to laugh. 
 Sdc^eln, to smile. 
 aBcinen, to cry. 
 @prcrf)cn / to speak. 
 Dicbcn, to talk. 
 
THE ALPHABET. 
 
 Characters. 
 
 93b 
 
 ec 
 
 5f 
 
 $i r 
 
 3(?n 
 
 Oo 
 
 £)-q 
 
 St 
 Uu 
 «t) 
 
 3C;c 
 
 35 
 
 Signification. 
 
 A a 
 
 Bb 
 
 Cc 
 
 Dd 
 
 Ee 
 
 Ff 
 
 Gg 
 
 Hh 
 
 li 
 
 Jj # 
 
 Kk 
 
 LI 
 
 Mm 
 
 Nn 
 
 Oo 
 
 Pp 
 
 Qq 
 Rr 
 
 Sfs 
 
 Tt 
 
 U u 
 
 Vv 
 
 Ww 
 
 Xx 
 
 Z z 
 
 Name. 
 
 All* 
 Beyf 
 Tseyf 
 Deyi* 
 
 Eyt 
 Ef 
 
 Geyt or gay 
 
 Hau* 
 
 E 
 
 Yot 
 
 Kau* 
 
 El 
 
 Em 
 
 En 
 
 
 
 Peyt 
 
 Koo 
 
 Err 
 
 Ess 
 
 Teyf 
 
 Oo 
 
 Fou 
 
 Veyt 
 
 Iks 
 
 Yp silo 11 
 
 Tset 
 
 *To be sounded less broad than tin; English au gene- 
 rally isj somewhat like that In aunt. 
 
 fThat sound of pj is meant, whlcli is heard in the 
 ;)rononn thej^. 
 
28 
 
 VOGABULABT. 
 
 ©tcijJSicrtcffi-unbcn/ three 
 
 quarters of an hour. 
 
 ©ic dJlinnUf the minute. 
 
 ©ie@ecunbC/ the second. 
 
 ©et StugcnblicP, the 
 
 twinkling of an eve. 
 the moment, the in- 
 stant. 
 
 7. Some Adjectives and Verbs* 
 
 ©ro^/ great, big, large. 
 Skin, little, small, 
 ©icf, thick. 
 ®unn/ thin. 
 Sang, long. 
 
 ^urj, short. 
 93rcit/ broad. 
 ©Carnal, narrow. 
 SBcit, wide. 
 Jg)cl(/ light. 
 JDunPct/ dark, 
 ©ngc, tight. 
 
 9U>t()/ red. 
 ©clb, yellow. 
 23(au, blue, 
 ©run, green. 
 ©dbtDarj, black. 
 ffSei^, white, 
 ©ut, good. 
 @c^(cdE)t, bad. 
 @cf)6n/ fine, beautiful. 
 ^ajj(id), ugly, 
 ^^ubfd), pretty, 
 ©avfticj, nasiy. 
 
 O^iebH^, neat, nice. 
 
 ©cfd^tDinb, quick. 
 
 Sangfam, slow. 
 
 gflcifcn, to travel. 
 
 ©ct)en/ to go, to walk. 
 
 S^cibrcn, to more by 
 means of a carriage. 
 
 Stcitcn, to ride on horse- 
 back. 
 
 Saufcn, to run. 
 
 ©tcben, to stand. 
 
 Sicqcn / to lie down. 
 
 ^okn, to fetch. 
 
 ^vingcn, to bring. 
 
 @pic(cn, to play. 
 
 i^cfen, to read. 
 
 ®cf)rct6en/ to write. 
 
 ©cl^ncibcn/ to cut. 
 
 Sac[)cn/ to laugh. 
 
 Sdcf)c(n/ to smile. 
 
 SBeincn, to cry. 
 
 @prcct)cn/ to speak. 
 
 Siebcn, to talk. 
 
 THE EKD, 
 
TIIE ALPHABET. 
 
 Characters. 
 
 2ia 
 
 - %f 
 ®9 
 -&& 
 Si 
 
 Sj 
 
 •^» I, 
 
 mn 
 
 Co 
 
 9tr 
 
 Zt 
 Uu 
 
 SB w 
 
 35 
 
 I 
 
 *To be sounded 1 
 rally is; somen liat 
 
 fThat sound of 
 pi'onoun ther. 
 
 Signification. 
 
 A a 
 Bb 
 Cc 
 Dd 
 Ee 
 Ff 
 
 Gg 
 Hh 
 li 
 
 Kk 
 LI 
 
 Mm 
 Nn 
 Oo 
 Pp 
 
 Qq 
 Rr 
 
 Sfs 
 
 Tt 
 
 U u 
 
 Vv 
 Ww 
 
 Xx 
 
 Yy 
 Z z 
 
 Name. 
 All* 
 Bey-J- 
 Tseyf 
 Dey-j- 
 Eyt 
 Ef 
 
 Geyf or gay 
 Hau* 
 E 
 
 Yot 
 Kau* 
 El 
 Em 
 En 
 O 
 
 Peyf 
 Koo 
 Err 
 Ess 
 Teyf 
 Oo 
 Fou 
 Veyf 
 Iks 
 
 Ypsilon 
 Tset ~ 
 
 Englisli au gene- 
 
 ess broad than th«3 
 
 like that in aunt, 
 
 ej is meant, wjjicii is heard in the 
 
Diphthon^Sj etc. 
 
 Diphthongs 
 
 1 
 
 • 
 
 
 Pronunciation. 
 
 '^tf a 
 
 like the long English a 
 
 Dc, ♦ ♦ • . 
 
 
 
 like Uj in dullj gull 
 
 Ue, ii ♦ ♦ ♦ . 
 
 
 
 resembling ee -^ 
 
 Sli, ax, or at) < 
 
 
 
 like the long English i 
 
 Si, ei, or et) . 
 
 
 
 like the long English i 
 
 £){, oi . ♦ . 
 
 
 
 like oi 
 
 Ui, \x\ ♦ ♦ . 
 
 
 
 resembling ee 
 
 2(«, au ♦ ♦ < 
 
 
 
 resembling ou 
 
 Sleu, au • . . 
 
 
 
 resembling oi 
 
 eu, cu ♦ . < 
 
 
 
 resembling oi 
 
 it 
 
 Double Characters. 
 
 Name. 
 
 ff. ff 
 
 ef — ef 
 
 cb, ch 
 
 tsej — hau 
 
 cf, ck 
 
 tsey — kau 
 
 ff, ff 
 
 ess — ess 
 
 ^,f» 
 
 ess — tset 
 
 It/ ft 
 
 ess— tey 
 
 %, z 
 
 
 1 
 
 tey — tset 
 
Declension of the Articles, 
 
 THE ARTICLES. 
 
 Definite Article. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Kent, ' 
 
 j Nominative Der, Die, Dad^ the (man, woman, etc.) 
 
 j Genitive X)e^, Der, De^, of the 
 
 \ Dative ^em, Ser, Dent, to the 
 
 Accusative Den, Die, Dad, the 
 
 *- 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. t>\t 1 
 
 Gen. Der f the (men, women etc,) 
 
 Dat. Dent ^^r all genders. 
 
 Ace. X^i^ ) 
 
 Indefinite Article. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. Fera. Neut. 
 
 Nom. (Jin, (Fine, Q'xn, a (man, woman, etc.) 
 
 Gen. Sined, (Finer, (iimi, of a 
 
 Dat. ^inem, (Finer, (Finem, to a 
 
 Ace. ^inen, (iinz, (Fin, a 
 
 No Plural. 
 
 1* 
 
The Gender, 
 
 THE GENDER. 
 
 ) 
 
 I. Of the Masculine Gender j are: 
 
 1. All male names, and appellations, diminutives ex- 
 cepted. 
 
 2. The name of God. 
 
 3. The names of angels; and of evil spirits. 
 
 4. The names of the winds, of the seasons, of months, 
 and days. 
 
 5. The names of stones. 
 
 6. -All words ending in ing^ and ling, 
 
 IL Oj^ the Feminijie Gender j are : 
 
 Ik 
 
 1. All female names, and appellations: except dimi- 
 nutives 5 and ba^ 2Beib, the woman, or wife^ t^^ %XC^,\Xtt\' 
 
 simmer, a lady. 
 
 ^. The names of fruits, and flowers 5 except bet 
 51pfe(, the apple 5 and some words talien from other 
 languages, as fca^ ©eranium, the geranium. 
 
 3. The names of rivers 5 except, tcr 5iniO, ber5IrnO, bev 
 
 Dnjeper, berDnjejler, ber Don, ber Douro, ber^bro, ber(5u- 
 pl;rat ber 3nn, ber 2ecb, ber SD^ain, ber 5Ktn^o, ber 5^ecfer, 
 ber ^T\\, ber ^o, ber S^^ein, ber 3^ubico, ber Xejo, ber Xtger. 
 
 4. All words ending in ei, ey, heit, keitj schaft, ucht, 
 unft ^ ung , nth: except, ber ^XZX) , the pap, pulpj brt$ 
 (EX^, the egg; ba^ ©efc^rep, the clamour 5 ber ©cf)aft, the 
 wooden part of a spear, or gun; ber ©]Jrun9r the leap; 
 ber |)CC^mut^, haughtiness. 
 
The Gender, 5 
 
 III. Of the Neuter Gendre, are : 
 
 1. The letters of the alphabet. 
 
 2. The names of metals: except, bie ^(atitta, platinaj 
 
 ber ©ta^(, steel; ber Xombacf, pinchbecli; ber 3inF, zink. 
 
 3. The names of countries, and places: except, bje 
 ©c^weij/ Switzerland; bie ^fafj, the Palatinate; and 
 those ending in ey^ as, t\z XurFeP/ Turkey. 
 
 4. AH diminutives. 
 
 5. The infinitive moods, when used substantively. 
 
 6. All other words , not being substantives , when, 
 for some particular reason , they are accompanied by 
 the article. 
 
 7. The words ending in thum: except, ber 3^^^&Wm, 
 error; ber 3?eicW^um, riches. 
 
 DECLENSION OF SUBSTANTR ES. 
 
 There are Four Declensions of nouns substantive. 
 
 The First Declension. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. To te first declension belong all words of the 
 feminine gender. 
 
 2. The termination of the singular number remains 
 i unaltered, in all the cases. 
 
 3. The plural is made by certain additions to the 
 termination of the singular, namely, of 
 
 iV, throughout all the cases, if the singular end 
 in e, ely er. 
 
6 
 
 Declension of Substantives, 
 
 E/iy if it end in any vowel, but e: or in any con- 
 sonant ; with the exception of monosyllabic words, 
 and the terminations el, and er. 
 JS^, in monosyllables, ending with a consonant; 
 for all cases, excepting the dative, which has en, 
 4. The plurals of bU SRutter, the mother, and tie 
 ^Ocftter, the daughter, are different from those of other 
 words: viz. nom. gen. ace, 5Kutter, Xoc^ter ; dat. SKut- 
 
 tern, Xoc^tern. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. X)ie@(^a(e, the saucer 
 Gen. ber (B^aU, of the 
 Dat. ber (Bdfak, to the 
 Ace. tic @cib<tle, the saucer 
 
 Nom. Die ©abef, the fork 
 Gen. ber ©abel, of 
 Dat. ber Q^abel to 
 Ace. tic &atel, the fork 
 
 Nom. Die %ctier, the pen 
 Gen. ber S^ber, of 
 Dat. ber geber, to 
 
 Ace. tU ^etcv, the pen 
 
 Nom. Die Sr<^U, the woman 
 Gen. ber %vau, of 
 Dat. ber %ratt, to 
 
 Ace. tic SraU/ the woman 
 
 Plural. 
 
 n added. 
 N. Die @C^a(en, the saucers 
 
 G. ber @d)a(en, of 
 D. ben @d)a(en/ to 
 A. tic ©d)a(en, the saucers 
 
 N. T^ic ©abeltt, the forks 
 
 G. ber ®abe(n, of 
 
 D. ben &abe{n, to 
 
 A. tic ©abein, the forks 
 
 N. Die ^ctcvn, the pens 
 G. ber Scbern/ of 
 D. ben Sebern, to 
 A. tic gebern, the pens. 
 
 en added. 
 N. T)ic Sraiien, the women 
 
 G. ber grauen, of 
 D. ben ^vaucn, to 
 A. tic Srauen, the women 
 
First Declension, 
 
 Singular* 
 i 
 
 Nom. Die ^offnung, the hope 
 
 Gen. ber •C^^ffnw"^/ ^^ 
 Dat. ber |)offnun9, to 
 Ace. bie|)offnun9, the hope 
 
 Nom. Die |)anb/ the hand 
 
 Gen. ber $anb, of 
 Dat. ber |)anb/ to 
 
 1 Ace. bie |)anb, the hand 
 
 IVom. Die D^Otb, the necessity 
 Gen. ber D^^ot^, of 
 Pat. ber '^Qi\^, to 
 
 Ace, bie D^Otl;, the necessity 
 
 Nom. Die SfUC^t the fruit 
 Gen. ber Sruct)t, of 
 Dat. ber Sriidjt to 
 Ace. t\z gruc^t the fruit 
 
 Nom. Die Jaujl, the fist 
 Gen. ber S^ujl, of 
 Dat. ber S^uff/ to 
 Ace. bie Saiifr, the fist 
 
 Nom. Die5D(Utter,themother 
 Gen. ber 5iJIutter, of 
 I Dat. ber SD'turter, to 
 i Ace. bie 2)?Utter, the mother 
 
 Plural. 
 
 en added. 
 
 N. T}\z ^offnungen, the hopes 
 G.ber |)offniin9en, of 
 D.ben |)offnun9en, to 
 A. bie t)i^ffnwn9en, the hopes 
 
 t added. 
 N. l^k ^dnbe, the hands 
 G. ber $dnbe, of 
 D. tzn ^anben, to 
 A. txii, ^dnbe, the hands 
 
 N. Die 5^6t^e, the necessities 
 
 G. ber ^ii\)t, of 
 
 D. ben 5^6t^en, to 
 
 A. bie 5^6t()e, the necessities 
 
 N. Die 5ruct)te, the fmits 
 G. ber grud^te, of 
 D. ben grud)ten, to 
 
 A. t'xz gruc()te, the fruits 
 
 N. Tik Sdujle, the fists 
 G. ber gdujle, of 
 D. ben gdujlen, to 
 A. I'xz Sdujle, the fists. 
 
 irregular* 
 N. Die9}tUtter, the mothers 
 
 G. ber 5Dlutter, of 
 
 D.'ben SDtuttern, to 
 
 A. bie 5Kutter, the mothers 
 
8 Declension of Substantives. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 irregular, 
 Norn. X)ie Xoc^ter^ the daughter N. Die X6c^ter,the daughters 
 
 Gen. ber Xod^ter, of G.ber Xod^ter, of 
 
 Dat. ber Xodl)ter, to D.ben Xoc^tern, to 
 
 Ace. tie Xoc^ter^ the daughter A. txz Xoc^ter, the daughters 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The dative case plural ends always with the letter 
 n: it does so in all declensions. 
 
 2. In those words, wich from the nom. gen. ace. 
 plural in e, the vowels a, 0/ \X, and the diphthong Q^Vi, 
 in the first syllables, are, in that number, changed 
 into a, 0, \X, and m, 
 
 3. The following monosyllables, though ending in 
 consonants, have the plural in en: Die %xXf the kindj 
 bie SSa^^n, the career 5 V\Z SSap, the bay) \i\z SSirn, the 
 pear 5 t\z S5rut, the brood; bie S8ltcl)t, an opening in the 
 land, a bay; t'xz (^^ur, the election; "^'xz ^ur, the cure; 
 'tXZ Dim, the damsel; \iXZ Jal^rt, the conveyance; bie 
 glur, the field, plain; "txz ^WX"^, the flood; \iXZ gortlt, 
 the form; txz %XQk^X, the freight; \iXZ ^\\xX\i, a vehement 
 fire; bie %0<^^, the chace ; bie 2ajl, the burthen; "tXZ 2ijl, 
 cunning, deceit; 't'x^ 5D?rtrlP, the boundary, and a species 
 of coin; Vxz ^flid)t, the duty; txz ^Ojl, the post, post- 
 office; XiXZ ^racf)t, pomp; bie £lua(, the torment; t^xz 
 ©cftaar, the crowd, troop; txz ©C^Ulcbt the battle; 'tX^ 
 ©C^rift, the writing; "t'xz @C^U(b, the debt; 'tXZ @pur, 
 the trace, track; \iXZ ©tirit, the forehead; 't'xz X^CiX, 
 the deed; bie X^Mr. the door; \iX^ Xrac^t, the mode of 
 
Second Declension, 9 
 
 dress 5 tie Srift, the pasture; bie WifX, the clock, the 
 watch 5 bie 2Bal^l, the choice; bie 2Be(t, the world; bie 
 3a(>(, the number; bie 3^it, the time; bieSi^'^/ t^® 
 ornament. 
 
 The Second Declension. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. To the second declension belong all those words 
 I of the masculine and neuter gender, which end in el, 
 lent, en, er; and those of the neuter gender, which 
 : end in e, 
 
 2. In the singular, the terminations of the dative, and 
 accusative, are the same as that of the nominative. In 
 
 , the genitive, the letter s is added. 
 
 3. In the plural, all the cases are like the nomina- 
 tive singular, except the dative, to which n is added. 
 Words, ending in en, do not require that additional 
 letrre. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Nom. Der|)immef, the heaven N. X)te|)i'mme[, the heavens 
 
 Gen. U^ $tmme(6, of G. ber |)tmme(, of 
 
 Dat. Um ^imme(, to D. tm |)imme(n, to 
 
 Ace. bent)intme(, the heaven A. bie |)immel/ the heavens 
 
 Nom. X)er 51t^em, the breath N. Die 5lt&em,t the breaths 
 
 JGen. be6 m\)mi, of G. ber ^t^em, of 
 
 iDat. t^tn 5lt^em, to D. ben 5lt^em, to 
 
 Acc. ben 5ltf)em, the breath A. bie 5ltf^em, the breaths 
 
 fThe plural of this word is not used: but it is here 
 given, to show, how such words would be declined, 
 in that number. 
 
10 
 
 Declension of Substantives. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. Da^ SSecfen, the basin 
 Gen. t)ed ^ecfeiid, of 
 Dat. bem 25ecfen, to 
 Ace. ba^ ^ecfen, the basin 
 
 Nom. X)er@arten,the garden 
 Gen. ted ©artend, of 
 Dat. bent ©arten, to 
 Ace. ben ©arten, the garden 
 
 Nom. Der ^ogef, the bird 
 Gen. bed 35ogefd, of 
 Dat. bent SSogef, to 
 Ace. ben SSogel, the bird 
 
 Nom. Der 35ruber, the brother 
 Gen. bed ^Bruberd, of 
 Dat. bent S5ruber, to 
 Ace. ben $8ruber,the brother 
 
 Nom. '^a^ ©ebirge, the 
 
 mountain 
 
 Gen. tiz% ©ebirged, of 
 Dat. bent ©ebirge, to 
 Ace. bad ©efcirge, the moun- 
 tain 
 
 Plural. 
 
 N. Die 33ecfen, tjie basins 
 
 G. ber SBecfen, of 
 
 D. ben Secfen, to 
 
 A. bie 35ecfen, the basins 
 
 N. Die ©drten, the gardens 
 G. ber ©drten, of 
 D. ben ©arten, to 
 
 A. bie ©drten, the gardens 
 
 N. Die SBoger, the birds 
 G. ber ^ml of 
 D. ben SS6ge(n, to 
 
 A. t'xz SSdgef, the birds 
 
 N. Die SBruber, the brothers 
 
 G. ber SBruber, of 
 
 D. t>tn 58rubern, to 
 
 A. txz SBruber, the brothers 
 
 N. X)\t ©ebirge, the moun- 
 tains 
 
 G. ber ©ebirge, of 
 
 D. tzn ©ebirgen, to 
 
 A. txz ©ebirge, the moun- 
 tains 
 
 OBSERVATIONS* 
 
 1. The dative plural ends with the letter n, 
 
 2. The following words change the vowels a, t, U, 
 of their first syllables, in the plural number, into the 
 diphthongs d, i, u: Der 5lpfct the applet ber ^Ckmmtl, 
 
I Third Dtc/eiision, 11 
 
 I a wether, a sheep 5 t>er ^an^e(, an affair, a transaclion^ 
 j ter 5i)?ange[, thedefcer; fcer5Dcante(, the mantle 5 ter^^abef, 
 
 ' the navel; bcr^attef, the saddle; ber (2ct)nabe(, the beak, 
 
 I ■ 9 
 
 I ter 3SogeI/ the bird; — Der gaben, the thread; ber @rrt« 
 ben, the ditch; ter ©arten, the garden; fcer «&afen, the 
 harbour; bcr Srtten, the shop (it also signifies a window 
 shutter — then the vowel is not altered); — Ser 5Icfer, 
 
 a field, an acre; fcer 35ruter, the brother; ber |)ammer, 
 I the hammer; fcer ^ac^ter, the farmer; fcer ©c^noager, the 
 I sister's husband; fcer SSater, the father. These have, in 
 ■ the plural, ^epfel, ©drten, S8rufcer, and so forth. 
 ! 3. All diminutives belong to this declension. They 
 
 commonly end in chen; but sometimes in lein. See the 
 
 Grammar, p. 133. 
 
 4. These words take and additional ?i, in all the cases 
 
 of the plural number: Z)Ct 3Baier, the Bavarian; fcer 
 I^Bauer, the peasant; fcer^antoffel, the slipper; fcer @tacbe(, 
 
 the sting; fcer ^Setter, a male relation; fca^ ^uge, the eye; 
 
 fca^ (Jnfce, the end — Plural, fSaietn, Sauern, $antoffe(n, 
 ©trtc^elrtr SSettern, Slugen, ^nfcen. 
 
 The Third Declension. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. To the third declension belong all the masculines 
 in e and st, of more than one syllable. Besides these, 
 also some others, of different terminations: and among 
 them one neuter, fca^ t>^^h ^^^^ heart, 
 
 2. From the nominative singular all the other easesy 
 in both numbers, are made, by the addition of n, when 
 
12 
 
 Declension of Substantives. 
 
 the word ends in e (or ar^ err)^ and of en, when it 
 ends in st (or some other consonant). 
 
 3. Sometimes the genitive singular receives the acces- 
 sion of 5, so as to terminate in ns^ or ens* 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. Der ^nahe, the boy 
 Gen. be^ ^naben, of 
 Dat. bem ^naUn, to 
 Ace. tm ^naben, the boy 
 
 Plural. 
 
 W. Die ^naben, the boys 
 G. ter ^naben, of 
 D. ben ^naben, to 
 A. ti^ ^naben, the boys 
 
 Nom. Der -^err, the lord, 
 
 or master 
 
 Gen. bed |)errn, of 
 Dat. bent $errn, to 
 Ace. ten '5)errn/ the master 
 
 N. Die ^errn, or Ijerren, 
 
 the masters 
 
 G. ber |)errn, of 
 D. ben |)errn, to 
 A. tit ^evtn, the masters 
 
 Nom. Der Santafl, a fanciful 
 man 
 
 Gen. bed gantaflen, of 
 Dat. bem gantaften, to 
 Ace. ten gantajlen/ a fanci- 
 ful man 
 
 N. Die 5<^ntaj!en, fanciful 
 
 men 
 
 G. ber S^ntrtjlen, of 
 D. Un Santajlen. to 
 
 A. tie gantrtjleU/ fanciful 
 
 men 
 
 Kom. Der Surijl, the lawyer 
 Gen. bed ^uti^en, of 
 Dat. tern 5uri|!en, to 
 Ace. ben3uri(len,thelawyer 
 
 N. Die Suriflen, the lawyers 
 
 G* ber ^nvi\ten, of 
 
 D. ben Sw^ift^tt/ *o 
 
 A. bie Su^^il^en, the lawyers 
 
Third Declension, 13 
 
 Singular. Plurah 
 
 Nom. ^er DKenfc^, the man, N. t5ie 5fJ{enfcl)en, men 
 
 the human being 
 
 Gen. be^ aJtenfcbcn, of G. ter aJIenfc^en, of 
 
 Dat. bent 5!KenfcI)cn, to D. ben ^^Wenfc^en, to 
 
 Ace. Izn 5Kenfc^en, the man A. bie SD^enfc^en, men 
 
 Kom. ^a^ $erj, the heart N. Die ^erjen, the hearts 
 
 Gen. be^ |)erjen^, of G. ber |)ersen, of 
 
 Dat. bent -^erjen, to D. ben -^ersen, to 
 
 Ace. brt6 ^ZXl/^ the heart A. tixz |)erjen, the hearts 
 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 The following words belong to the third declension : 
 
 X)er 5Ibt)Dfat, the advocate 5 ber SSarbar, the barbarian 5 
 ber SSajlIi^^ the basilisk 5 ber 5Ircf)ite!t, the architect^ ber 
 S5runn, the well (also, ber 55runnen, after the second) 5 
 iber SSuc^jlab, the letter, or character of the alphabet 5 
 ber Sanierab, the comrade; ber (Janbibat, the candidate; 
 iber (5atf)0lif, the Roman Catholic; ber S^rijl, the chris- 
 tian; ber ©(ientr the client; ber (^orrefponbent, the corre- 
 spondent; ber ^mm, the thumb (better, ber '^mmzn, 
 
 second); ber Docejlt, the teacher, lecturer; ber Ducat, a 
 species of coin; ber Slep^ant, the elephant; ber ge(^, the 
 
 • 
 
 jroclt (also ber Selfen, second declension); ber ^ixx^^ the 
 prince; ber @ecf, a ridiculous man; ber @enO^, the as- 
 sociate; ber ®efeK, the companion; ber ®raf, the count; 
 ber Ijagejlotj, a bachelor, an unmarried man; ber $afunf, 
 jthe scoundrel; ber 'f)eibucf, a sort of footman; ber ^e(b, 
 
 *The accusative is lilte the nominative. This circum- 
 stance, in nouns of the neuter gender, seems to be 
 peculiar to all languages, which vary the terminations, 
 lin declension. 
 
J4 Declension oj Suhstantiues. 
 
 the hero 5 t)er |)err, the lord, or master; t)er ^XXX, the' 
 herdsman; bcr |)ufar, the hussar; tier Sanitfd)ar, the;i 
 janizary; ter Snfag, the inmate; ber 5Dlen% man, a hu- 
 man being; ter^JtOfjr, the moor, or negro ; ber SOtOnard), 
 the monarch; bcr 5^arr, the fool; ter Dcl}^, the oxj 
 
 ber ^aragrapl^, the paragraph; ber T3atriarcl), the patri-p 
 arch; ber ^friem, the awl (also, ber <}3friemen, after the 
 second); ber <pt?t(ofop&, the philosopher; ber ^oet, the 
 poet; ber ipotentat, the potentate; ber ^rvifibent the pre-l 
 sident; ber ^rdlat, the prelate; ber ^rinj, the prince ;|i 
 ber ^fa(m, the psalm: ber @d)en!, the cupbearer, butler, 
 (also after the fourth) ; ber (5d)merj, the pain (more com- 
 monly after the fourth^); ber @d)Dp^, the dunce (also 
 after the fourth); ber ©olbat, the soldier; ber ©tU^ 
 bent, the student; ber X()eol09. the theologian; ber X^Or,i 
 a silly person (to be distinguished from \>(xi VCj^X, the| 
 gate); ber Xropf, a simpleton (to be distinguished from 
 ber Xropf/ of the fourth, which signifies a drop); ber 
 Xprann, the tyrant; ber 3Sorfa&r, the ancestor; ber 3^cf, 
 any thing pointed, and projecting. Add some deri- 
 vatives, ending in it: as, ber 5lbamit, a descendant of 
 Adam; ber Sefuit, a Jesuit. And tfie appellatives of 
 
 some nations: as, ber ^dmucf, ber ^ofact, ber ^roat, ber 
 yX\)\<x% etc* 
 
 The Fourth Declension. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. All words of the masculine , and neuter gender, 
 which are not included in the second and third declcn. 
 sions, must be referred to the fourth. 
 
Fourth Declension, 15 
 
 2. In the singular number, the genitive case is form- 
 ed by the addilion of es to the nominative; the dative 
 hy that of e; the accusative remains Jilie the nomi- 
 native. 
 
 3. Most words have the nominative, genitive, accu- 
 sative, of the plural, in e; the dative in en, 
 
 I 4. Several neuters, especially those of one syllable, 
 land a few masculines, substitute er, in the dative em, 
 ]in the plural. 
 
 \ 5. In the genitive singular, s alone is sometimes aded, 
 ■(instead of es^ and the final e of the dative omitted. 
 
 I 
 
 6. Many words change the vowels a, 0, U, and the 
 I diphthong c^\X , in their prior syllables, for the plural, 
 into a, 0, U, ail. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 V 
 
 m e 
 
 Nom. t)er Xifd), the table N. X)\z Xtfc^e, the tables 
 
 Gen. fce^ 2:ifct)e^, of G. ter Xifc^e, of 
 
 Dat. tern Xifdje, to D. ben Xifdjen, to 
 
 Ace. ben Xifcb, the table A. bie Xifdje, the tables 
 
 JNom. Da^ ®efei|^ the law N. '^xz @efc|e, the laws 
 
 |Gen. tzi ®efe|e^, of G. ber ©efe^e, of 
 
 bat. bent ©efei^e, to D. ben ©efe^en, to 
 
 'JAcc. bai @efe§, the law A. txz ®efe|e, the laws 
 
 Pfom. Der ©ol^n, the son N. ^ie @6^ne, the sons 
 
 JGen. bed (aot)tted, of G. ber ©o&ne, of 
 
 Pat. bem ©o()ne, to D. ben ©o^nen, to 
 
 !Aec. ben @0()n/ the 6on A. t>Xt @6^n^/ the sons 
 
16 
 
 Declension of Substantvves. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Norn, ^er 58aum, the tree 
 Gen. fce^ S5aume§r of 
 Dat. bem SSaume, to 
 Ace. ben $8aum, the tree 
 
 Norn, ^er @ei(l:. the ghost 
 Gen. bc^ ©eipe^, of 
 Dat. bcm ©eijle, to 
 Ace. ten ®eijl, the gost 
 
 Nom. ^a§ ^inb, the child 
 
 Gen. be^ ^inbe^, of 
 Dat. Izm ^inbe, to 
 
 Ace. ba§ ^inb, the child 
 Nom. ^er 5!Jlann , the man 
 Gen. be^ 5lKanne4, of 
 Dat. t)zm ^Olanne, to 
 Ace ben 9Kann, the man 
 Nom. Da^ SSurf), the book 
 Gen. be^ 58uAe6, of 
 Dat. bent 5Buct)e, to 
 Ace. t(k^ S5UC^. the book 
 
 Plural. 
 
 in e ) 
 N. Sie SSaume, the trees » 
 G. ber SSdume, of ^ 
 
 D. ben 58dumen, to ) 
 
 A. bie $8aume, the trees 
 
 ^. in er 
 
 N. Die ©eifter, the ghosts 
 
 G. ber ©eifter, of 
 
 D. ben ©eijlern, to 
 
 A. l'\z ©eifler, the ghosts 
 
 N. ^ie ^tnber, the children 
 
 G. ber ^inber, of 
 
 D. Uxi ^inbern, to 
 
 A. t'xz ^inber, the children 
 
 N. £)ie SKdnner, the men 
 G. ber SWdnner, of 
 D. ben 5D?dnnern, to 
 A. bie Scanner, the men 
 N. ^ie S5uc^er, the books 
 G. ber S5ud)er, of 
 D. ben SBuc^ern, to 
 A. bie SBiic^er, the books 
 
 I 
 
 
 w 
 
 I 
 If 
 
 ^f 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 ii 
 
 \ 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The following words have the plural in er, (1) 
 Of the masculine gender: ^er ©Ott, a god, a heathen 
 
 idol 5 ©eijl, |)unb«fott, S^rt^um, 2eib, ^(kxm, ^anb, 3Jei*- 
 
 t^um, SSormunb, 5Balb. (2) Of the neuter gender : ^ai 
 
 5(a^, (pi. 5lefer). Slltert^um, 5lmt 5ludenlieb, S5ab, ^Wl, 
 ^mm, SSlatr, S3ret, SSu*, 2)a*, ^orf, erjM^t^um, 
 
 !i 
 
 I 
 
Fourth Declension, 17 
 
 S^, gad), 5a§, Selb/ Surj!entr;um, @e(b, ©ernac^, ©ernut^, 
 ©efpenjl, ©efc^fec^t, @(a$, ©lieb, ©rab, @ra4, @ut, t^^upt, 
 -t^au^, -^erjogt^um, ^o(j, |)0^pital, |)u^n, ^a(b^ ^\nt), 
 m^\\>, ^raut, 2amm, £ict)t, 2iet), Soct), SKaur, ba5 5!JJenfc^ 
 (a bad woman) 5 5^ejl, ^fanb, 3tab, ategiment; ba^ ©ct)ilb 
 
 (the sign of an inn, or of a shop) 5 ©c&(0§, ©C^mert 
 
 ©pital, Z^al 25o(f, 3Bamm§, Sffieib. ^a^ 5!Kaf)(, the act 
 
 of tailing food, the meal, and its compound, brt^ @ajl* 
 ma^l; likewise ba^ 5i)Jal^I, the marlt, sign, wits the com- 
 pounds, ^enFma^f, @ra6ma()(, SKerfma^l, commonly talie 
 
 er, in the plural, but also e. 
 
 2. All those, which form the plural in er, change, 
 in that number , the vowels a, 0, U, and the diphthong 
 
 au, into a, 0, u, au: as, SUJcinn, pi. SUlanner; 2oc^ pi. 
 Soccer; S5uc^, pl. 58udf)er; |)a«^, pl. ^mS^x. But many 
 
 words, whose plural ends in e, also undergo that change. 
 They are: (1) Masculines, ^er 51a(, pl. 5lele; ber 
 
 5lbt, pl. 5lebte; ber 5lbbrucf, pl. 5l6bvucfe; ber Slltar, pl. 
 ^(tdre; 5lnfang, pl. Slnfange; SIntrag, 5Irjt, 5(jl, 5luftrag, 
 5lu5brucf, ^u^gang, 55ac^, S5a(g, S3ad, 5Banb, (the volume 
 of a bool(), sBart, S5a^, SBaudy, ^mm, S5if*of , S5(ocf, 
 SSocf, SSranb, ^rauc^, S5ruc^, SSufd); ^anah pl. Sand(e; 
 gajlettan, pl.(JajleKdne; g^oraf, pl. g^ordfe ; ^amm,^ampf, 
 Sarm, ^iebjla^I, ^unjl, ^inbrucf, ©influ^, Singang, ^M, 
 %\mi g(o&, g(ucf), grug, g(ug, grofcfi, guci^^, gunb, guf, 
 gang, ©ajl, @au(, ®ebra«d), ©eruc^, ©efang, ©raS, ©runb, 
 ©uf, |)a^n, |)a(^, |)of, |)ut ^a^rt, ^ampf, ^<xx% ^auf, 
 |^au§, ^(ang,^(of, ^(o§, ^nopf. ^oc^, ^orb, ^rctmpf, ^ran|. 
 |«ropf,^rug, «uf, 2a$, Sauf, SDlarft SiKarfc^; 5D?arf*att, pl. 
 
 1 5!J?arf(^dUe ; 50f orajl, pl. 5»?ord(le ; 3?a*f*ug, S^apf ; <})aaajl. 
 
 I- 
 
 p 
 
28 Declension of Substanthes. 
 
 
 \ 
 
 pi. qjattafte; ^abjl; ^aflor, pi. T)aft6re; q)a$, ^flocf. T3fl«9.6 
 !p(a§; ^ofal, pi. ^ofdle; ^ropjl, ^uff, 5Ranft, 5Ranf, SRat^,:? 
 JRaum, SRrtufd), 3iocf, ^umpf ; ®aa(, pi. i&a(e; ©acf, ®aft,J 
 ©arg, @a§, @aum, @cl)acl)t, ©c^aft, ©djalF, ©cbatt, ©*a$iijl 
 ©ct)aum, ©cl)(af(the temple of the head), ®ct)(ag, ©d)(au(^/ 
 @cl)lunb, ©d)Iu^. ©cl)mau§; ©djoof, pi. ^^i^^\ ©cl)opf,|3 
 ©djranf, ©ct)urj, ©cbu^, (Bd)n[)amm , ©djnoan, ©c!}n)anf,|l 
 (&c^wans,©c^«)arm®cl)rt)un9,@*«Jur;@clbilfct)ui©o()n,©pag 
 
 ©pruc^, ©prung, ©punt, ©tab, ©taU. ©trtmm,©tanb,©tocf, 
 ©tord), ©to^, ©trang, ©traud), ©trau^, ©trom, ©trumpf, 
 ©tu^l, ©turs, ©turm, ©umpf, Xanj, Xf)urm,Xon (the tone^jj 
 sound), Xopf,Xranf, Xraum,Xrog, Xrumpf, Umjlanb, 35ogt,i) 
 SSor^ang, 25orratl), 5Borfcl)(ag, S5orfct)uf, SSortrag, SSorwanb^p 
 SBatt, SBanff, SBeinjtocf, SBolf, 2Bu(ft, 2Bunf*, 5Curf, 2Burm,|j 
 3a^n, 3aum, 3ctun, 3ott (toll), 3opf, 3u9. 3uftanb, 3«t)ang. 
 (2) Neuters: X)a« Olrfenat, pi. 5lrfend(e; ba^ SSoot, pl.|j 
 qSote (also SSoote); ba§ (^^or; ba$ glof, pi. glofe. \ 
 
 3. Several words of this declension, have the plnrall 
 in en: as, Der 5lffect, the affection of the mind, passion, 
 
 pi. 5lffecten ; ber 5lfpect the aspect, pi. Olfpecten; ber Dia--i 
 mant, (or, ^emant) the diamond, pi. ^irtmanten ; t^xi Snfcct, 
 pi. Jnfecten; baeSeib, the suffering, misfortune, pi. Seiben; 
 ber 5^ad)bar, the neighbour, pi. 9?ad)barn; bad D(^r, the 
 ear, pi. £)&ren ; ber £iue(I, the source, pi. £iueUen; ber 
 ©c^merj, the pain, pi. ©cl)menen ; ber ©ee, the lake, pi. 
 ©een; ber ©porn, the spur, pi. ©pornen; ber ©taat, the 
 
 state, pi. (B>i<xaizn\ ber ©tra^jl, the ray, or beam, pl.i 
 
 ©tra^Ien; ber Ungar, the Hungarian, pi. Ungarn; berj 
 3ierratb/ the ornament, pi. 3ierrat()en. 
 
 4. Some words have different endings, in the plural, j 
 
Fourth Declension. 19 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 according to which they vary their signification. (1) E^ 
 
 and en: ^Ai 25ett, the bed, pi. tiz ^zUz^ the beds — ^te 
 
 SBctteri/ the parts composing the inside of a bed, the 
 
 bedding; ba^ (Btucf, the piece, pi. tie ©tucfe, the pieces 
 
 (sometimes tie©tucfer) — bie©tiicfen (but also ©tucfe) pie- 
 
 jces of artillery. (2) E, en, er: ^ai 25anl), the band, 
 
 i ligament, ribbon — pi. bie Sanbe (SSanben?) the bonds, 
 
 fetters — tie 35dnber, the ribbons; ba^ ^tna, the thing — 
 
 |pl. tk ^inge, the things, in a general sense — bie dinger, 
 
 1 individual things; ttt ^OVtl, the thorn — pi. tie ^Ortten, 
 
 , the thorns, in general — tiz Corner, the single thorns, 
 
 the prickles; ta^ @e(Tct)t, the sight, the vision, the face 
 
 ! — pi. bie ©eflc^te, the visions, the sights — bie ®ejicl)ter, 
 
 I the faces; ta^ ^Orit, the horn — pi. bie -^orne, species, 
 
 I or kinds, of that substance — bie Corner, individual horns; 
 
 ' brt^Sanb, the land, or country — pi. bieSanbe^ territory, 
 dominions — bieSdnber, individual countries; berOrt, the 
 place — pi. tiz OvUf places, in a general sense, also pas- 
 
 I sages frombooks — tic Oerter, individual places; ber ®ta^f, 
 the steel — pi. bie ©ta^le, kinds of steel — bie@td^ter, cer- 
 tain instruments made of steel; brt§ Xucf)/ the cloth — 
 pi. tit Xuc^e, kinds of cloth — tie Xud^ev, parts of dress, 
 such as neckcloths: tCi^ 2Bort, the word — pi. tie SBorte, 
 words in general, in Latin verba, dicta — bie 2B6rter, 
 words of the vocabulary, in Latin vocabula, dictiunes. 
 
 PROPER NAMES. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. Proper names are inflected either by means of 
 the article, or the terminations. 
 
20 Proper Names, 
 
 2' The termination for the genitive is s, or'es^ some- 
 
 I 
 times 7is, or ens; for the dative and accusative /i, or en.i 
 
 That for the genitive is frequently employed; that for' 
 
 the dative and accusative, less so. [ 
 
 3. The plural of proper names is rarely used 5 butn 
 
 when required, it must, conformably to the gender and[| 
 
 ending of the singular, be made after one of the fouri 
 
 declensions*: in the feminines, after the first j and in[ 
 
 the others, according to their terminations. * 
 
 i 
 
 Examples J with the Article. 
 
 Masculine Gender. 
 
 Singular Singular. 
 
 Nom. |)Omer, Homer Nom. SSirgil, Virgil 
 
 Geu. be^ |)omer, of Gen. te^ SSirgtl, of 1^ 
 
 Dat. iiem |)omer, to Dat. bem S5irgi(, to \ 
 
 Ace. ^zn Corner, Homer Ace. belt ^Birgil, Virgil. 
 
 
 Feminine Gender. 
 
 \ 
 Nom. S(ortt, Flora Nom. (Sapp^O, Sappho f 
 
 Gen. ber Slora, of Gen. ber ©app^o, of \ 
 
 Dat. ber glorrt, to Dat. ber @app^o, to ^ 
 
 Ace. bje Slora, Flora Ace. t'xz ©app^O, Sappho 
 
 *«^0llicrr having the accent on the last syllable, would 
 belong to the fourth declension, and make the plural 
 'f)Oinere: the termination er , in the second declension, 
 is an unaccented syllable. SSirgif would make SStrgile. 
 
Proper Names, 21 
 
 Examples^ ivttJi the Termmutions. 
 
 Masculine Gender. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 Nom. SSeCCan'a, Beccaria Nom. |)et)ne, Heyne 
 
 Gen. SSeccan'a'^, of Gen. |)et)ne'^, of 
 
 Dat. SBeccaria'n, to Dat. ^zxjwz'xi, to 
 
 Ace. 35eccaria'n, Beccaria. Ace. ^jepne'n, Heyne. 
 
 Nom. S^CObt Jacobi Nom. ^rtto, Cato 
 
 Gen. Jacobi'^, of Gen. SatO'^, of 
 
 Dat. 3^C0bt'n, to Dat. (Jato'n, to 
 
 Ace. 2^C0bi'n, Jacobi. Ace. Sato'n, Cato. 
 
 Jfom. Sablon^Fl), Jablonsky Nom. gagel, Fagel 
 jGen. 5ab(cn5f9'§, of Gen. gageC^, of 
 
 pat. Sablon^fp'n, to Dat. S^^eCn, to 
 
 Ace. Sablon^f^'n, Jablonsky. Ace. gagePtt, Fagel. 
 
 *Nom. <13itt, Pitt Nom. ^DXr Fox 
 
 jGen. <pitr^, of . Gen. gojc'e^, or gox'e^, of 
 
 JDat. T3itt'en, to Dat. gox'en, to 
 
 Ace. <pitt'en, Pitt. Ace. gox'en. Fox. 
 
 Feminine Gender. 
 iNom. ^tana, Diana Nom. grieberifc, Frederica 
 
 jGen. ^iana'^or^ian'en^,of Gen. gnebertfe'n^, of 
 
 toat. X^ian'eH/ to Dat. grieberi!e'n, to 
 
 jAcc. ^ian'en, Diana. Ace. grieberife'H/Frederica, 
 
 Nom. ©a^pljO, Sappho 
 
 Gen. (Sapp^O'§, of 
 
 Dat. ©app|)0'n/ to 
 
 Ace. @app[)0'n/ Sappho. 
 
 I 
 
22 Declension of Adjectives. 
 
 DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 Of the Four Forms, in which adjectives are used, 
 the three last only are declined. 
 
 The First Form 
 
 has no variable terminations, and is that, in which the 
 adjective appears, when it is neither placed before a 
 substantive, nor preceded by an article, or a pronoun. 
 
 The Second Form. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 The adjective is declined, by this form, when it stands 
 before a substantive, without an article, or a pronoun. 
 
 EXAMPLE. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neuter. 
 
 Norn, ©uter, ®utc, ®ute^ Nom. @utc J 
 
 Gen. ©ute^, ©uter, @ute5 Gen. ©uter | for all 
 
 Dat. ©utem, ©uter, ©utem Dat. ©uten i genders. 
 
 Ace. ©uten, ©ute, ©uteS Ace. ©ute ) j 
 
 The Third Form. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 When the dejRnite article, or a pronoun demonstra- 
 tive, relative, and interrogative, or the adjectives jeber, 
 
 jebweber, jeglic^er, niand)er, go before, the third foi 
 must be made use of. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 1. With the definite Article. 
 Singular. 
 Norn, ^er gute, fcie gute, baS gute , 
 
 Gen. iDc* gutcn, t>cr gutcn, t)e^ guten 
 
Third Form, 23 
 
 Dat.. ^em guten, ter guten, bem guten 
 Ace. ^en guten, tie gute, 'tc^^ gute. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. ^ie guten 
 Gen. rer guteit 
 Dat. £)en gutcn 
 Ace. ^ie guten* 
 
 2. With a pronoun demonstrative. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. ^tefer gute, biefe gute, biefed gutc 
 Gen. ^iefe^ guten, biefer guten, biefed guten 
 Dat. ^ieiem guten, biefer guten, biefem guten 
 Ace. ^iefen guten, biefe gute^ biefed gute. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. Diefe guten 
 Gen. liefer guten 
 Dat. Diefen guten 
 Ace. Diefe guten. 
 
 3. With a pronoun relative, or interrogative. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. SBe(d)er gute, welc^e gute, metc^e^ gute 
 Gen. 3BeIcl)e§ guten, wetter guten, welc^e^ guten 
 Dat. aBe(c^em guten, welc^er guten, welc^em guten 
 Aec. 2BeIc^en guten, welc^e gute, welc^e^ ^\xU> 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. 2Bcfd)e guten 
 Gen. ?IBe(c^er guten 
 Dat. 2Be(d)en guten 
 Aec. 58e((^e guten. 
 
24 Declension of Adjectives. 
 
 4. With the adjectives, tttani^cr, many a one; 
 
 jeber, jebwcber, jcglic^er, each, every. 
 
 Singular. 
 Norn. SUfrtttc^er gute, manege gute, manned gute 
 Gen. aJlanc^e^ guten, mancber gutcn, mancl)e^ guteti 
 Dat. aJIanc^em guten, mancber guten, manc^em guten 
 Ace. SKanc^en guten, manege gute, manc^e^ gute. 
 
 Plural. 
 Norn. 5!Kanc^e guten (more commonly gute) 
 
 Gen. 3!)Jand)er guten 
 Dat. Ttanijzn guten 
 Ace. SWanc^e guten (or gute). 
 
 The Fourth Form. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 The fourth form is required after the indefinite 
 article, after numerals, which are declined, after the 
 negative adjective !ein, none, and after pronouns per- 
 sonal, and possessive. 
 !• After the indefinite article, and some numerals 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. (i'm guter, eine gute, ^\n gute^ 
 Gen. ^ine^ guten, einer guten, eine^ guten 
 Dat. ^inem guten, einer guten, einem guten 
 Ace. einen guten, eine gute, zxn gute^. 
 
 Phiral. 
 
 Nom. 3«)etj, trep gute, two, three good etc. 
 
 Gen. 3n3eper, brewer, guten 
 Dat. 3it>ei)en, bretjen, guten 
 Ace. Z^zxf, brei? gute. 
 
Fourth Form* 26 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 When the numerals have no declinable terminations, 
 as here, in the nominative and accusative cases, the 
 adjective after them remams in the second form: as, 
 
 3rt)ei gute Seute, two good people; trei gute Scanner, 
 
 three good men. 
 
 2. After the negative noun, feiJt/ none. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Nom. ^ein guter, tzxm %\xU, Um gute^ 
 Gen. ^eine^ guten, !e(ner gutcn, feme^ guteit 
 Dat. ^einem guten, Uxmx guten, feinem guten 
 Ace. ^einen guten, feine gute, fern gute^. 
 
 Plural. 
 Nom. Seine guten (sometimes gute) 
 
 Gen. Seiner guten 
 Dat. Seinen gitten 
 Acc» Seine guten (sometimes gute). 
 
 3. After a personal pronoun. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. 5ct) armer, \^ arme, ic^ arrne^ 
 
 Gen. not usual 
 
 Dat. Wxt (kxmm, mix armen, mix armen 
 Ace. Wxi) armen, mic^ arme, ntid) arme^. 
 
 2 
 
'^6 Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. SBir armcn 
 
 Gen. not usual 
 
 Dat. Un^ armcn 
 Ace. Un^ armen. 
 
 4. After a possessive pronoun. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. W^zxn gutcr, mcine gute, mein guted 
 Gen. 5!Keine^ guten, meincr guten, mcine^ guten 
 Dat. 5!}Zeinem guten, mcincr guteii/ meinem guten 
 Ace. 5[J?efnen guten, meine gute, mein gute^. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. 5!J?eine guten 
 Gen. 5!Keiner guten 
 Dat. SFjJeinen guten 
 Ace. 5!Keine guten. 
 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 The Comparative Degree. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Take the adjective in its first form, and add to i| 
 e/*,- or r only, when it ends in e: thus the comparativ 
 degree is produced. 
 
Coniparafive Degree, 27 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 (&chon, handsome: comparative, fc^oner, handsomer, 
 
 or more handsome 
 (Jnge, narrow: comp. engcr, narrower 
 
 ©taif, strong : comp. jldrFer^ stronger 
 
 ©10^, great: comp. grower, greater 
 
 2ung, young: comp. junger, younger. 
 
 OBSERVATIOISS. 
 
 1. The vowels a, 0, U, are, for the comparative, 
 ' changed Into the diphthongs d, 6, U: as, jlarf, jldlfer, 
 
 gro^, grower; jung, junger. There are some exceptions 
 - to this observation , which are enumerated in the 
 I Grammar p. 178. 
 
 2. Adjectives, which end in eZ, throw away the e 
 before I, in the comparative degree: as, ebel, noble, 
 comp. ebler, for ebeler. And frequently the e is also 
 left ont, before n and r: as, trocfctt, dry, comp. trocfner, 
 
 for trocfener, more dry 5 tapfer, brave, comp. tapfrer, for 
 
 I tapferer, more brave. 
 
 ! 3. The adjective, in the comparative degree, is again 
 i liable to four forms, the first of which is unvariable, and 
 the three last are declined. The comparative of fc^on, 
 is fc^oncr; this is the first form of that degree. The 
 second is, fd)onerer, fcbonere, fdbonere^, before a substan- 
 tive, without an article 5 the third, ber jc^ottere, tie fc^otterc, 
 't^C^^ fcbonere/ with the definite article, or a demonstrative, 
 and relative pronoun; the fourth, ein fdjonerer, eine fc^O- 
 nere, cin fc^oneve^, with the indefinite article, or a perso- 
 nal, and possessive pronoun^ See the Grammar, p. 179» 
 
 2- 
 
28 Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 The Superlative Degree. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 Add 5t, or est ^ to the first form of the adjective: 
 this constitutes the superlative degree. 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 (Bcftott/ handsome: superlative, fc^OHj!"/ handsomest, or 
 
 most handsome 
 (Jnge, narrow: sup. engejl, narrowest 
 
 @tarf, strong: sup. fldrfefl, strongest 
 
 @rO^, great: sup. gro^ejl/'^ greatest 
 
 Sung, young: sup. jungjl, youngest. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The vowels a, 0, U, are changed into the diph- 
 thongs 5/ 0/ ii/ in the same manner as in the comparative. 
 
 2. The adjectives, ending in e, Z>, ch, f, g^ I, m, n, 
 nd, r, form the superlative by st: those in aw, eu, 
 ej ; and \n d, h^ k, cli., ff, II, mm, nn^ rr^ pf^ 5, or ss, 
 sch, st^ t, z, make it in est. See the Grammar, p. 181, 
 and 182. 
 
 3. As in the comparative, so in the superlative, th< 
 four forms arc admitted. The second would accordinp^b 
 
 be, (gct)6nj!er, fc^onfle, fcf)6njle5; the thirds T^cr fd)onjl( 
 bie fcl)onjle, ti<x^ fcbonjle; the fourth, S[Rein fc^onjler. meinl 
 
 fc^on(le,meinfd)On(le^. Forthey^r^tybr/w, a circumlocutio] 
 
 '^'©ro^cjl is contracted into groft. See the Grammai 
 p. 182. 4. 
 
Superlative Degree. 29 
 
 is generally substituted, which consists of the preposi- 
 tion ait/ contracted with the article fcem into am/^ and 
 the dative case singular of the third form: as, ant fc^Ott- 
 flett, finest, in the finest manner; am engjlen, narrowest; 
 
 ant jldrFjlen, strongest; c^m gropten, greatest; c^m jungjlen, 
 
 youngest. This is fully explained in the Grammar, 
 p. 183. 5. 
 
 GENERAL REMARKS. 
 
 1. The adjectives gitt, good, and tJiel, much, are irre- 
 gular in their degrees of comparison : viz. gut, good — 
 comp. beflf^r, better — sup. am beflen, best; tJiel, much — 
 
 comp.me^r.more, — sup. am me^rjlen, or am meijlen,most. 
 
 f)Ocl), high, has the comparative, ^d^er, and the superlative 
 
 am^dc^jlen. 9?a§e, near — comp. na^er — sup. am nac^jlen. 
 
 See the Grammar, p. 187? HI. 
 
 2. There are a few adjectives, which cannot be put 
 into the degrees of comparison, by means of the compa- 
 
 jrative terminations, r, er^ and st, est. With these it is 
 necessary to employ, me^r, more, for the comparative, 
 
 jand am meijlen, most, for the superlative. The prin- 
 cipal ones of them are: 5In9jl, anxious, fearful; eingc- 
 
 J benf, mindful; feinb, hostile; gar, coolted, done, dressed, 
 
 prepared; gram, angry, displeased, disliliing; recbt, right; 
 
 1 
 
 jjUnrec^t, wrong; t^eil^aft, participating. See farther in 
 
 •the Grammar, p. 186. 
 
 *See the Grammar, p. 352- IV. 
 
30 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 THE NUMERALS. 
 
 Cardinal Numbers. 
 
 1. (I'm, cine, ein; or einer 25. gunf unt) swanjig 
 
 cine, eine^ 
 
 2. 3tt)ei 
 
 3. Drei 
 
 4. SSier 
 
 5. Sunf 
 
 6. ©ecl)6 
 7« ©ieben 
 
 8. 5lc^t 
 
 9. ^f^cun 
 
 10. 3^()n, or je^cn 
 
 11. @(f, or eilf 
 
 12. 3n)6(f 
 
 13. S)reiset>n, or brei'se^en 
 
 14. SSierje^n 
 
 15. gunfse^n 
 
 16. ©ec^^se^n 
 
 17- ©iebjelS>n, or flebensel^n 
 
 18. 5l^tse]^rt 
 
 19. ^f^eimjc^ti 
 
 ^ 20. 3tt)ansi0 
 
 21. dxn unb swansfg 
 
 22. 3tt)ei tint) jwansig 
 
 23. X)re{ itnD siwanjig 
 
 24. $8ier unb Srt)«nsi3 
 
 26. ©ed)^ unb jmanjig 
 
 27. ©it'fcen unb snjanjig 
 
 28. 5Id)t unb jwangig 
 
 29. O^eun unb jwansig 
 
 30. Drei^ig 
 
 31. Q'm unb bref^ig 
 
 32. 3«^^i unb breifig, etc. 
 
 40. SSierjig 
 
 41. (Jin unb Dierjig, etc. 
 50. gunfsig 
 60. ©ec^^^ig 
 
 70. ©iebjig, or jiebenjig 
 80. 5lcl)t5ig 
 90. 5^eunsig 
 
 100. t)unbert 
 
 101. t)Wttbert unb cin 
 
 102. ^unbert unb %v^^x 
 
 103. ^unbcrt unb brei, etc« 
 200. Z'^zx ^unbert 
 300. Drci ^unbert etc. 
 1000. Xaufenb 
 10000. S^^ntaufenb 
 100000. |)unbert taufenb 
 A million, (i'xm 5[Rillion. 
 
 1793. Q^xn taufenb jieben ^unbert unb brei unb neunsig- 
 1807. 5lc^tje^n ^unbert unb iieben, 
 
 or ^in taufenb a^t ()unbei't unb fieben. 
 
Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers, 
 
 31 
 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 The first of the cardinal numbers is declined (like 
 the indefinite article) 5 and in certain situations it re- 
 ceives the terminations er, in the nominative case, for 
 the masculine, and es for the nominative and accusative 
 of the neuter gender. ^\^ZX, and txzx, occasionally re- 
 quire declinable terminations, in the genitive, and dative. 
 Concerning these particulars, the Grammar is to be 
 consulted, p. 189, and 191. 
 
 
 Ordinal 
 
 Numbers. 
 
 The 1st. 
 
 X)er er<!e 
 
 The 19th. I5er neunse^nte 
 
 2d. 
 
 ber jweite 
 
 20th. ber siDanjigjle 
 
 3d. 
 
 ber britte 
 
 21st. beretn unbjwanjigjle 
 
 4th. 
 
 ber cicrte 
 
 22d. ber jmei unb sman-- 
 
 5th. 
 
 ber funfte 
 
 Stgfte 
 
 6th. 
 
 ber fedj^te 
 
 23d. ber brei unb stDan-- 
 
 7th. 
 
 berfiebente, orfiebte 
 
 stgfte 
 
 8th. 
 
 ber a^tz 
 
 24th. ber eier unb jwam 
 
 9th. 
 
 ber neunte 
 
 Si9l^e 
 
 10th. 
 
 ber je^nte 
 
 25th. ber funf unb ycc>^\\' 
 
 nth. 
 
 ber elfte, or etifte 
 
 sigi^e 
 
 12th. 
 
 ber stt)6lfte 
 
 26th. ber fedb§ unb ixom-- 
 
 ISth. 
 
 ber breisebnte 
 
 Jtgfte 
 
 14th. 
 
 ber t^ierjebnte 
 
 27th. ber fieben unb jttjan-' 
 
 15th. 
 
 ber funfjebnte 
 
 y^fte 
 
 16th. 
 
 ber fed)^sebnte 
 
 28th. ber acf)t unb s»t)an= 
 
 17th. 
 
 ber fiebjebnte , or 
 
 Jtgfte 
 
 
 (Tebenjebnte 
 
 29'h. ber neun unb jrtjan- 
 
 181 h. 
 
 ber acbt^ebnte 
 
 . ^tv3jle 
 
32 
 
 Numerals, 
 
 The 30th. ^cr treigiglle The 
 
 31st. ter ein unb brei^ 
 
 32d. ber jmei uub brei- 
 
 figjle etc. 
 40th. ber t^terjigjle 
 41st. ber ein unb mx^ 
 
 etc. 
 50Hi. ber funftigjle 
 60th. ber fedj^jigfte 
 70th. ber (lebjigjle/ or The 
 
 (lebenji'gjle 
 80th. ber ad)tsi^(!e 
 90th. ber neunjigile 
 100th. ber ^unbertjle 
 
 101st. Der ^unbert unb 
 
 erjle 
 102(1. ber l^unbert wnt 
 
 jrtjeite 
 lOSd. ber ^unbert unb 
 
 IxxiU etc. 
 200th. ber %xcz'\ \:)\xxi' 
 
 bertjie 
 300th. ber brei ^un- 
 
 bertjle 
 1000th. ber taufenbjle 
 
 one thousand seven, 
 hundred and ninety- 
 third, ber taufenb jie^en 
 l^unbert unb brei unt 
 neunsigjle. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The ordinal numbers resemble, in their nature, 
 the superlative degree of adjectives : and as they are 
 here drawn up, they are like that degree, in the third 
 form. They also occur in the second, and fourth forms; 
 the first form is not u&ual. See the Grammar, p. 195.2. 
 
 2. X)er erjle, the first, and ber ^XXiXz, the third, are 
 produced in an anomalous manner; but the remainder 
 are regularly derived from the cardinals, by the addition 
 of te ,^ from two to nineteen, inclusive 5 and of ste, 
 from twenty to the last. 
 
 '^In ac^t, eight, e only is added, as there is already 
 a « in the word. 
 
Pronouns, » 83 
 
 3. In compouncl numbers, the last only assumes the 
 character of an ordinal 5 the preceding ones retain the 
 
 shape of cardinals: as, ber taufenb jTebeit ^unbert unb 
 
 PRONOUNS, 
 Persofial and Reciprocal Pronouns. 
 
 First personal. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Norn. 2c^, I N. SBir, we 
 
 Gen. (5iJ?einer, ormein)ofme G. (Unfer) of us 
 Dat. 50Zir, to me D. Un§, to us 
 
 Ace, 5OTic^, me A. Un§, us. 
 
 Second personal. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 j Norn. I)u, thou N. S^r/ you 
 
 Gen. (I^einer, orbein)of thee G. ((Juer) of you 
 iDat. ^ir, to thee D. (Juct), to you 
 
 jAcc. ^icfe/ thee^ A. gnc^, you. 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 Third personal. 
 
 Singular. 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 iWom. (?r, he; Sie, she; ^^, it 
 
 I 
 
 iGen. (Seiner, or (3i[)rer, or i^r) of (Seiner, or fefn) of 
 
 feitt) of him; her; it 
 
 Dat. 3^m,tohim; 3^r, to her; 3^m, to it 
 
 JAcc. 3^^/ him; Sie, her; (5^, it. 
 
34 Pronouns, 
 
 Plural. 
 3\om. ©ie, they (for all genders) 
 
 Gen. (3^r^r)r of them 
 Dat. 3t)nen, to them 
 Ace. ©ie, them. 
 
 Reciprocal for the third person. 
 
 Singular. 
 Nom. None 
 
 Gen. (©einer, or fein) of himself ^ (S^^-er, or 5^0 of 
 
 herself; (©einer, or fein) of itself 
 Dat. @ic!)r to himself, to herself, to itself 
 Ace ®ic^/ himself, herself, itself. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Nom. None 
 
 Gen. m\)XZX)f of themselves 
 Dat. ©ic^, to themselves 
 Ace. @ic^, themselves. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The genitive case of these pronouns is not of 
 general use, but occurs only in some phrases. See the 
 Grammar, pag. 201, I. 
 
 2. The first and second personal pronouns are used re- 
 ciprocally, without any change, or addition, so that ntir, 
 m\^, bir, bic&, Un^, euc^, express me, thee, myself, thy- 
 self, us, ourselves, you, yourself, or yourselves. Butl 
 for the third person , there is a distinct reciprocal 
 pronoun, which is exhibited above. No reciprocal 
 pronoun can, as such, have a nominative case. 
 
 Pronouns Possessive. 
 
 These are: ^^zxtlf my, or mine; '^ZXWi thy, or thine J 
 
Personalj Reciprocal and Possessive, 
 
 85 
 
 5(^r, her, or hers 5 ©ein, liis, its 5 Unfer, our, or ours; 
 ^uer, your, or yours; 3t^f/ their, or theirs. They have 
 three genders, in the singular numl^er, and are declin- 
 ed in the same manner, as the indefinite article, or 
 tlic first numeral, viz. 
 
 Singular. 
 Masc. Fem. 
 
 Nom. 5!Ketn, or meiner, meine. 
 
 Gen. 5Keine^, meiner, 
 
 Dat. 5Keinem, meiner. 
 
 Ace. 5QJeinen, meine. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 mein, or meined 
 
 meined 
 
 meinem 
 
 mein, or meine^. 
 
 Plural. 
 Nom. 5Kcine Dat. 9J{einen 
 
 Gen. aJteiner Ace. 5Dteine. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. The possessive pronouns are either placed before 
 substantives, or they are put absolutely, as minc^ 
 thine, etc. in English: and tlie nominative singular, in 
 the masculine, and the nominative and accusative cases 
 in the neuter gender, occasionally talte, for reasons, 
 described in the Grammar, p. 210 9 the endings er, es: 
 
 as, SKeiner, meine^; Deiner, beine^. 
 
 2. When they stand absolute, that is to say, not 
 before a substantive, the definite article may be pre- 
 fixed to them: as, ^er meine, tie mcim, ba^meine, mine; 
 ^er beinc, thine; ^er fetne, his; Der i^re, hers, and so 
 
 forth. And it is then most usual to insert the syllable ig : 
 
 as. X>ei' mm^xQ^, teinige, feinige, ij^rige. When thusunitcfl 
 
36 
 
 Pronouns, 
 
 with the article, they are to be declined after the third 
 form of adjectives. 
 
 Pronouns Demo?istrative. 
 
 They are: ©iefer/ biefe, t)iefe§, this — Lat. hie, haec, 
 
 hoc*y ^ZXiZX , jene, jene^, that — • Lat, Ule , ilia, illud; 
 ^cr, ti^, t({^, that — Lat. is, ea, id, or iste.^ ista^ istud; 
 
 Z^erjenige, tiejenicje, ba^jenfge, that — Lat. w, or Hie; Der^ 
 
 fc(b^, biefdfce, taflfclbe, the same — Lat. idem, eadem, idem. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 Fern. Netit. 
 
 tiefe, biefe^, orbjef N. ^iefe 
 
 Masc. 
 Nom. liefer;. 
 
 Gen. ^iefe^, 
 
 Dat. Diefem, 
 
 Ace. ^iefen, 
 
 Norn. 3ener, 
 Gen. Senc^, 
 Dat. Senem, 
 Ace. 2enen, 
 
 tiefer, 
 
 jene, 
 
 jener, 
 jene. 
 
 biefe^ G. Diefer 
 
 Diefem D. X5iefen 
 
 tiefe^, or bie^. A. ^ief^ 
 
 jenel 
 jenem 
 
 N. Sene 
 G. Sener 
 D. Seneit 
 A. Sene. 
 
 Nom. X)er^ tie. 
 
 Gen. ^DeiTett/ or tereit, or 
 tef, ber 
 
 Dat. Dent, ber. 
 
 Ace, ©en. 
 
 bje. 
 
 Nom. IJerjenige, biejenige 
 Gen. De^jenigen, berjcnigen^ 
 Dat. ©emjenigen, berjenigen. 
 Ace. Denjenigen/ biejcnige. 
 
 brt^ K. t)ie 
 
 beffen, or be^ G. Derer, 
 
 (or beren) 
 
 bent D. ©enen, 
 
 (or ben) 
 
 ba^. A. I)te. 
 
 ba^jenige N. Diejenigen 
 
 be^jenigen G. :Denjenigen 
 
 bemjenigen D. I5enjenigen 
 
 ba^jenige. A. Diejenigen 
 
Relative, and Interrogative. 
 Singular. 
 
 37 
 
 Plural. 
 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fern. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 Nom 
 
 . Derfelbe, 
 
 tiefelbe. 
 
 baffe(6e 
 
 N. 
 
 Siefelben 
 
 Gen. 
 
 t)effe(ben. 
 
 terfeiben. 
 
 teffelb^n 
 
 G. 
 
 ^erfelben 
 
 Dat. 
 
 DemfelbeH/ 
 
 berfelben. 
 
 bem)e(ben 
 
 D. 
 
 Denfelben 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Senfelben, 
 
 tiefelbe. 
 
 taffelbe. 
 
 A, 
 
 ^iefeiben* 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 !♦ Set/ tie, ba^, as a pronoun, is to be spoken vf'iXh 
 a stronger accent, than de definite article. 
 
 2. Derjenige, and berfelbe are declined lilie adjectives, 
 in the third form. X5erfe(be, ber ndmlic^e, ter gleic^e, are 
 
 nearly the same in signification, as tcrfelbe^ 
 
 Pronouns Relative^ and Interrogative, 
 
 These are: SBeld^er, welc^e, irelc^e^, who, and which; 
 and SBer, neuter rt)a5, who, what. — ^cr, tie, ta^, is, like 
 the English that^ also used in a relative signification. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Masc. 
 
 Fem, 
 
 Neut. 
 
 
 
 Norn. uye(cf)er. 
 
 ttjelc^e, 
 
 ttjeld^e^ 
 
 
 N. 2BeI*e 
 
 Gen. 2Be(c^e^, 
 
 aelc^er. 
 
 xc^\^^h 
 
 
 G. ^cl^er 
 
 Dat. SBelcbem; 
 
 njeld)er. 
 
 it)e(cf)cm 
 
 
 D. aBc(d)en 
 
 Ace. ^elc^en 
 
 it)e(c&e. 
 
 tt)e(c^e^. 
 
 
 A. yWelcbe. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 
 N 
 
 a Plural. 
 
 Masc. and Fern. Neut. 
 
 
 
 
 ZSfom. ^er 
 
 wrt^ 
 
 
 
 
 Gen. 2Beflfen, or 
 
 ujeg 
 
 
 
 
 Dat. ^iilem 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ace. ^Ctt 
 
 n>a^. 
 
 
 
 
38 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 Norn, ^er, bie, ta^ 
 
 Gen. Deffen (or, beren (or, bejfen (or, 
 
 be^), ber), U^), 
 
 Dat. ^em, ber, tern 
 
 Ace. T)en, tie, tal 
 
 Plural. 
 
 G. ^erer (or, 
 
 tcren) 
 D. X)enen 
 
 A. Die. 
 
 OBSERVATIONS. 
 
 1. There is no such distinction in the German rela- 
 tive pronouns, as between who and which j the former 
 being, in the English language, only applied to persons, 
 and the latter to animals and things. The proper rela- 
 tives is tt)C(cf)er; but bet is frequently substituted for 
 it, for the sake of brevity, and variety. 
 
 2. "When ber, t\Z, bad, is put as a relative after the 
 first, or second person, the pronouns of those persons 
 are commonly repeated after it: as, Jc^, bet \6)^ I who; 
 
 2)u, ber ^Vi, thou who; W\x, bie mx, we who; ^\)x, bie 
 
 \\^X, you who. And in the third person, when it stands 
 alone, before the verb, the particle ba is usually inter- 
 posed: as, @in ^nabe, ber ba fc^reibt a boy who writes. 
 
 3. 2Ber and wa^, as interrogatives , have their place 
 naturally at the beginning of a sentence: and as a re- 
 lative, JtJer cannot be put after other words. It always 
 stands at the opening of the sentence, and signifies he, 
 who, 5B(l^ may be preceded by some word of general 
 import, such as tci^, that, aUe^, all: for example, ba^ 
 jva^, that vThich ; aKe6 tt)rt^, all that which. 9Ba6 before] 
 the indefinite article, with the preposition fur, for, in- 
 
Miscellaneous Pronouns, 3i) 
 
 serted, forms a pronoun of distinction, or qualification : 
 as, 2Ba^ fur ein SUlann, what a man, what sort of a 
 man. 2Ba$ fur Z'WK S^'^W/ ^'v'Jiat woman, or, what a wo- 
 man; 3Brt$ fur zm ^int, what child, or, what a child. 
 
 MisceUafieoiis Pronouns, 
 
 5iJCan/ not declined, marks an indefinite, or general, 
 personality 5 and answers to the French on\ as, 5Dtan 
 frtgt/ they say, people say, on dit, 
 
 Semanb, some one; jebermaim, every one; niemant, 
 
 no one. Those words are varied, in the genitive, by 
 
 the addition of the letter s^ Jemanb^, je^ermann^/ tiie* 
 manfc^. Sometimes the dative of jemaitt), and niemant>, 
 is also inflected, jemanten, niemanben. 
 
 @el6jl, or felber, resembles the English self^ and the 
 Latin ipse. It may be added to any noun substantive, 
 or pronoun, in that signification : as , ^er 9J?anil fcl^ff, 
 the man himself 5 icf) felbjl, I myself; tu felbfi^, thou thy- 
 self; ttjt'r fe(6jl, we ourselves; '\\jX felbjl, you yourselves; 
 fie felbjl, they themselves. 
 
 AUXILIARY VERBS. 
 
 There are three auxiliary, or helping, verbs: fjabeii/ 
 to have; @ei)n, to be; SSerben, to become. 
 
 The First Auxiliary. 
 
 ^abctt, to have : 
 
 .£)abe, \iMz, ge^abt* 
 
 *These three things, are, the present tense, thepreter- 
 imperfect, an the preterite participle: which areplaecd 
 at the head of a conjugation, as the roots, or funda- 
 mental parts, of the verb. 
 
40 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs, 
 
 INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 Singular. 
 1. 5c^ J)abe, I have 
 
 2» ^u ^rt|l, thou hast 
 
 Singular, 
 
 1. 3ci) i^cibe, (if) I have 
 
 2. Dufjabejl, (If) thou have 
 
 3» ^r (fie, ed) ^at, he (she, 3. (5r, (fie, e^) ^abe, (if) he 
 
 it) has 
 
 Plural. 
 1. W\X \j<xlzxi, -we have 
 
 (she, it) have 
 
 Plural. 
 1. 3Bir l^aben, (if) we have 
 
 2. 3^*^ l^abet, or ^abt, you 2. S^J^ ^abet, (if) you have 
 have 
 
 3* ©ie l^aben, they have. 3. ©I'e ^aben, (if) they have. 
 
 Preterimperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. S* ISiatte, I had 
 
 2. Du ^attejl, thou hadst 
 
 3. @r ^atte, he had 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir ipatten, we had 
 
 2. 3&r ^attet, you had 
 
 3. @ie {patten, they had. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3* ?>atte, (if) I had 
 
 2. ^u Httejl, (if) thou had 
 
 3. ^r Htte, he had 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SSir fatten, we had 
 
 2. 3()<^ ^dttet, you had. 
 
 3. @ie l^attett, they had. 
 
 Preterperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 !♦ 3c^ ^<tbe gcfjabt, I have 
 had 
 
 Singular. 
 1. 3* ^«^^ 9e?)abt, (if) I 
 have had 
 
 2. Du 5a(l (jegabt thou hast 2. S5u^abejlge^abt,(if) thou 
 
 had 
 
 3. ^r \}<xK gebabt, he has 
 had 
 
 have had 
 
 3. (Jr \)<xH ^^\)M, (if) He 
 have had 
 
First Auxiliary, 41 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir ^aben ge^abt, we i. 23ir^aben9e^abt\Yehave 
 
 have had had 
 
 2. 5^r ^abet, or^abtge^abt 2. S^r^abetge^abtyouhave 
 
 vou have had had 
 
 3. @ie Ijaben 9e()abt, they 3. @ie l^aben gel^abt, they 
 
 have had. have had. 
 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. 3* W^^ ge^abt, I had l. 5c^ (jdtte ge^abt, Of) i 
 
 had had had 
 
 2. X5u b'^ttejl ge^abt, thou 2. X5u ^dttefl ge^abt, (if) 
 
 hadst had thou had had 
 
 3. Sr l^atte ge^abt, he had 3. ^r l)dtte ge^abt, he had 
 
 had had 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir l^atten ge^abt,^ we l. 2Bfr l^dtten ge^abt, we 
 
 had had had had 
 
 2. 3^^^ ^^ttet ge^abt, you 2. 3()t' W^^^ ^^^<y^t, you 
 
 had had had had 
 
 3. ©ie fatten ge^abt, they 3. ©te l[)dtten ^z^U, they 
 
 had had. had had. 
 
 First Future. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ ttjer^e ^aben, I shall 1. 3cl) itjerbe l?aben, (if) I 
 
 have shall have 
 
 2. ®u tt)trj! ^rtben, thou 2. ®u itjerbejl ^aben, (if) 
 
 shalt, or wilt, have thou shalt have 
 
 3. gr tt)irb l)aben, he shall, 3. Sr rterte ^aben, (if) he 
 
 or will, have shall have 
 
42 
 
 AiuiLliary Verbs, 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir wer^en t^aberi/ we 
 
 shall have 
 
 2. %\)x werbet (jaben, you 
 
 shall, or will, have 
 
 3. ©ie rrerten ^aben, they 
 
 shall, or will, have. 
 
 Second 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5ci) werbe ge(;abt ^aben, 
 I shall have had 
 
 thou shalt have had 
 
 3» (5r wirb gejjabt l^aben, he 
 
 shall have had 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir werben gef^abt 6aben, 
 
 we shall have had 
 
 2. %\ix werbet gel^abt ^aben, 
 
 you shall have had 
 
 3. ©ie KDerben ge^abt ^aben, 
 
 they shall have had. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir ttevben \)(x^zx{, (if) 
 
 Nvc shall have 
 
 2. S(?r ttjerbet baben, (if) 
 
 you sliall have 
 
 3. ©ie werben b^iben, (if) 
 
 they shall have. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 2c^ werbe gebabt ^abcn, 
 
 (if) I shall have had 
 
 2. Du rtjerbejl ge^abt (^aberi/ 
 
 (if) thou shalt have had 
 
 3. C^r ttjcrbc gel^abt b<iben, 
 
 (if) he shall have had 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir werbengef^abt baben, 
 
 (If) we shall have had 
 
 2. 5(^r werbet gebabt b<^t>^n^ 
 
 (if) you shall have had 
 
 3. ®ie werben ge^abt l^aben, 
 
 (if) they shall have had. 
 
 First Future Conditional. 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5c^ rt)Urbe b^beit, I should, or would, have 
 
 2. 3)U wurbeft babeit/ thou shouldst, or wouldsr, have 
 
 3. @r WUrbe baben, he should, or would, have 
 
I 
 
 First Auxiliary. 43 
 
 PluiaL 
 
 1. 2Bir rt)Urben (jabeil/ vvhe should, or wonUl, have 
 
 2. 2t?r rourfeet ^aben, you should, or would, have 
 
 3. ©ie ttjurben f^aben, they should, or would, Ijave. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 J. 5d) it)uvte geljabt baben, I should, or would, have had 
 
 2. Du murbejl gel^abt fjaben, thou shouldst, or wouldst, 
 
 have had 
 
 3. @r rt)urte gebabt ^aben, he should, or would, have had 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBirnjurben ge^abtbaben, we should, or would, have had 
 
 2. 2(?i^ TOurbetgebabtbaben, you should,orwould, have had 
 
 3. @ie njurben <^z\j^^t (^aben, they should, or would, have 
 
 had. 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 (1. |)aben mx, let us lia\ e) 
 2, |)abe (bu), have (thou) 2. |)abet, or babt (ibr), have 
 
 (you) 
 
 3» |)abe er, (fie, eiJ), let 3. |)aben fie, let them have, 
 him, (her, it) have. 
 
 INFINITIVE MOOD. 
 Present, ^ctbcn, to have 
 Prelerperf. ©ebabt ^abeil, to have had 
 Future, ^aben it)erben, to be about to have. 
 
44 
 
 Auxiliary F^erbs» 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, ^abenb, having 
 Preterite, @z\j(():)i, had. 
 
 The Secofid Auxiliary. 
 
 ©cpn, to be: 
 
 SSin, 2Bar^ ©ewefen. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5c^ bin, I am 
 
 2. Du bi(l, thou art 
 
 3. (fr i(l, he is 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir jlnb, we are 
 
 2. 5^^^ f^P^/ you are 
 
 3. ®ie (Inb, they are. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 2. Du fe^ejl, (or fepft,) (if) 
 
 thou be 
 
 3. ©r fep, he be 
 
 PulraL 
 
 1. 5Birfepen, (orfe9n,)we;be 
 
 2. S^t'fepc^(orfe9t>,)yoube 
 
 3. ©iefepen/Corfepn^theybe 
 
 Preterimperfect. 
 
 Singular. Singular* 
 
 1. Sc^ ttJrtr, I was 1. 5c^ ttjdre, (if) I were 
 
 2. ®u warejl, (or warjl,) 2» I)u rtJarep, thou wert 
 
 thou wast 
 
 3. dx wax, he was 3. (?r ttjare, he were 
 
Second Auxiliarj^, 
 
 45 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 i, -23ir iraren, we ^vcrc 
 
 2. 3^r a^aret, (or itjart) 
 
 you were 
 3» iBie rtJaren, they were. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir trdrcn, Ave were 
 
 2. 3^r irdret you were 
 
 3. (Sie rt^dren, they were, 
 
 Preterp effect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Sinsfular. 
 
 1. 3d) bin gettjefen, I have i. 3cf) fei) getrefen, (if) I 
 
 3. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 been 
 ©u h'jl getvefeHr thou 
 
 hast been 
 ^r tfr gctrefen/ he has 
 been 
 
 Plural. 
 
 SBir jTnb geit^efen/ we 
 
 have been 
 3t)r fepb gerrefen, you 
 
 have been 
 Sie finb genjefen, they 
 
 have been. 
 
 have been 
 
 2. Du fepefr (or fepjl,) geroe^ 
 
 fen, (if) thou have been 
 
 3. Sr fep gertjefeHr (if) he 
 have been 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. Sir fepen (or fei)n/) ge-- 
 
 ttjefen, whe have been 
 
 2. %^x fe^eb (or fe9b,).ge^ 
 rtefert, you havebeen 
 
 3. Sie fet)en (or fet;n), ge^- 
 
 ttjefettr they have been. 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 
 II. 
 
 o 
 
 !3. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 5* voax gei^efen, I had 
 
 been 
 ru irarejl getrefen, thou 
 
 had St been 
 ^T n?ar gewefen , he had 
 
 been 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5<^ n^dre genjefen, (if) 
 
 I had been 
 
 2. Du ttJdrejl gettjefen, (if) 
 
 thou had been 
 
 3. (rr rcdre gewefen, (if) he 
 
 had been 
 
46 
 
 A ux diary Verbs , 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 SL«JL\CTIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir rtjaren geruefen, we 1. 2Bir wdreu getuefcn, we 
 
 had been 
 
 had been 
 
 2. S^'* warct gewefen. you 2. 3l)r xohxzX geroefen, yon 
 
 had been 
 
 had been 
 
 3. ©te waren getDefen, they 3. (^ie mdren gewefen, they 
 
 had been. had been. 
 
 First Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Scb werbe fepn, I shallbe l.S^iDcrbefepn^CifjIshallbe 
 
 2. 2)Utt)ir(l fepn, thou shalt, 2. Du ruerbe|l fepn, thou 
 
 or wilt, be 
 
 shalt be 
 
 3. (^r tt)irb fe»n, he shall, 3. Sr werte fe^m he shall be 
 or will, be 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBirwerten fepn, we shall l. SBir werben fe^n, whe 
 
 be 
 
 shall be 
 
 2. 5^^^ werbet fe^tt, you 2. 3^*^ werbet fe^n^ you 
 
 shall, or will, be 
 
 shall be 
 
 3. ®ie werbett fei^n, they 3. ©ie werben fe^n, they 
 
 shall, or will, be. shall be. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sc^ tt)crbe geroefen fepn, 1. Sc^ mcrbe gettjcfen fepn, 
 
 I shall have been (if) I shall have been! 
 
 2. Du wirjl gewefen fepn, 2. X5u tDerbejl getrefcn fcpiiJ 
 
 thou shalt have been 
 
 thou shalt have been 
 
 3. ^r njirb gewcfen fe^n, 3. ^r werbe gemefen fepn. 
 
 he shall have been 
 
 he shall have been 
 
Second Auxiliary. 
 
 47 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir tuerten genjefen fet)n, 
 
 we shall lia\e been 
 
 2. 3br rtJertet geroefen fepn, 
 
 you shall have been 
 3. (Bie itjerfcengemefen fet)n, 
 they shall have been. 
 
 CONJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir merfcen gemefen fepn, 
 
 we shall have been 
 
 2. 3&J^ itertet gemefen fepn, 
 
 you shall have been 
 
 3. ®ie njerten gemefen fepn, 
 
 they shall have been. 
 
 \ First Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3cf? vonxtz feim, I should, or would, be 
 1 2- Du njurteft fepn, thou shonldst, or wouldst, be 
 3. ^r murte fei)n/ lie should, or would, be. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Btr wurben fepn, we should, or would, be 
 
 2. 5^r wiirtet fet)n, you should, or would, be 
 
 3. sBie mitrten fei;n, they should, or would, be. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 L 3d) it^urte geruefen fepn, I should, or would, have 
 
 been 
 2. Du murtefr gen:>e)'en fer?n, thou shouldst, or wouldst, 
 
 have been 
 l3. dr murbe geix^efen fepn, he should, or would, have 
 
 been 
 
48 
 
 Auxiliarj Verbs, 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. ffiir wuvben aewefen fe^n, whe should, or would, have 
 
 been 
 
 2. S&r wurbet gewefen fe^n, you should, or would, have 
 
 been 
 
 5. @ie iDurten gewefen fe^n, they should, or would, have 
 
 been. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 2. ®ep (t)«), be (thou) 
 
 3. ®e^ cr, let him be 
 
 Plural. 
 
 (1. (se^en mx, let us be) 
 
 2. ®e^b (i^r), be (you) 
 
 3. ©e^en fie, let them be. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present, (Bz^n, to be 
 
 Preterperf. ©ewefen fepn, 
 
 to have been 
 
 Future, @et)n njerben, to 
 
 be, about to be. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, ©et)enb, being 
 Preterite, ©ettJefen, been. 
 
 The Third Aumliary. 
 
 5Berfcen, to become: 
 2Berte; SBurbe, or rvjavbj ©eiDorbert, or worten. 
 
Third Auxiliary, 
 
 49 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sd) ttjerbe, I become 
 
 2. DU ttJirjl, tbou becom- 
 
 est 
 
 3. (ix it)irt»/ lie becomes 
 
 Plural. 
 • 1. 2Bir rtjerben, we become 
 
 i 2. 3^r ttjerbet, you become 
 
 3. (sie ttjerbenr they be- 
 
 I 
 
 come. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^tt)erte, (if) I become 
 
 2. ^u wertejl, (if) thou 
 
 become 
 
 3. dr njerbe, (if) he become 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 3Bir ttjerben, we become 
 
 2. 2^^ werbet, you become 
 
 3. ©te ttJevben, they become. 
 
 Preterimperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sc^ iDurbe (or warb), I 
 
 became 
 
 2. ^u rtJUrbejl (or njarbjl), 
 
 thou becamest 
 
 3. ^r Jtjurbe (or rcarb), he 
 
 became 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir iDUrben, we became 
 
 2. Sl^r tt)Urbet, you became 
 
 3. ®ie ttJUrbeH/ they be- 
 
 came 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3* ttJUrbe, (if) I became 
 
 2. ^u itjurbejl, (if) thou 
 
 became 
 3» (Jr n)Urbe, he became 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir ttjurben, we became 
 
 2. 3^t* )[);)ltrbet, you became 
 
 3. ©iewurbeH/ they became 
 
50 
 
 «> 
 
 Auxiliary Verhs, 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTrvE. 
 
 Preterperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3d) bin gertjorten, orwor^ 
 
 ^en, I liave become 
 
 2. t>u bill gewortien, or 
 
 njorben, thou hast be- 
 come 
 
 X Sr ijl geiDOrfcen, or xotx- 
 
 ten, he has become 
 Plural. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. S* f^P gemorfcen, or wor^ 
 
 ben, (if) I have become 
 
 2. r)ufet)11 (or feioeil) gewor^ 
 
 ten, or njorben, (if) thou 
 
 have become 
 
 3. (^r fet) gemorten, or tDOr- 
 
 ten, (if) he have be- 
 come 
 
 Plural. 
 
 L 5Bir fmt gemorten, or L ®tr fepen (or fepn) ge-' 
 
 toovben, ^^ have be- 
 come 
 
 2. 5i)r fet)b gertjorten, or 
 
 irortcn, you have be- 
 es me 
 
 3. (gie finb geworten, or 
 
 morten, they have be- 
 come. 
 
 worben, or worben, wc 
 
 have become 
 
 2. 3&r fet)eb (or fet)b) ge^ 
 
 n)orben, or itjorben, yon 
 
 have become 
 
 3. (Sic fet)en (or fe^n) ge- 
 
 tt)orben,or worben, they 
 
 have become. 
 
 f 
 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1,3* njar getuorben, or i. 5cD»t)aregen:)orbett,orn)D^' 
 
 tt>orben, I had become 
 % ^u warejl (warfl:) gewor^- 
 ten, or tt)orben, thou 
 
 hadst become 
 
 ben, (if) I had become 
 
 2. I)u ttjarejl genjorben, or 
 ttjorben, (if) thou had 
 become 
 
 3. (>-rit)arge«)Oi ben, or roor-' 3^ ^r n)are gerDorben, or 
 
 Oen, he had become 
 
 rDOrben, he had become 
 
Third Auxiliary, 
 
 51 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. W\t roarcn gerDorben, or 
 
 n?Ort)en, we had become 
 
 2. S{>r mctret (mart) gemor^ 
 
 ^en, orrt)orben, you bad 
 
 become 
 
 3. (5ie rtjaren genjorben, or 
 
 t^orben, they had be- 
 come. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 1. 2Bir mdren gemorben, or 
 ttJOrbeit, we had become 
 -• S^r rudret gemorben, or 
 
 WOrben, you had be- 
 come 
 
 3. @ie mdren gemorbeit, or 
 n^orben, they had be- 
 come. 
 
 First Future. 
 Singular. 
 i» 3* werbe merben, I shall 
 
 become 
 
 2. Z)u tt)irjl merben, thou 
 
 shalt , or wilt, be^ 
 come 
 
 3* ^r mirb merben, he shall, 
 
 or will, become 
 
 Singular. 
 1- 5* merbe merben, (if) 
 
 I shall become 
 
 2. X^u ttjerbeft merben, thou 
 
 shalt become 
 
 3. ^r merbe merbeit, he 
 
 shall become 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5Cir tt)erben merben, we 
 
 shall become 
 
 2. S^r merbet roerben, you 
 
 shall, or will, be- 
 come 
 
 3. ©ic merben merben, they 
 
 shall, or will, be- 
 come. 
 
 Singular. 
 1» 2Bir werben merbett, we 
 
 shall become 
 
 2. 5^r werbet merben, you 
 
 shall become 
 
 3. @te werben werben, they 
 
 shall become. 
 
 
52 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs, 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE- 
 
 Secoud Future. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. Sd) tt)erbe getvovben, or i» jc^ merbe geworfeen, or 
 tDorben, fepn, I shall tworten, fepn, (if) I 
 
 have become shall have become 
 
 2. I5u tt)irjl: gemorben, or 
 tDorbeHr fe^n , thou 
 
 shalt, or wilt, have 
 become 
 
 2. t)u werbej! gett)Drben/ or 
 n)orben,fei)tt, thou shalt 
 
 have become 
 
 3. dr ttjirb genjorbeit/ or 3. (Jr tt)erbe gcworbeti, or 
 njorbeu, fepn, he shall, ujorben, fe^ti, he shall 
 
 or will, have become have become 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 i, 3Bir ttjerben gewovbett, or 1. SBirmerben genjorben, or 
 
 mcrben, fepn, we shall noorbett, fet)n, we shall 
 
 have become have become. ^ 
 
 2. 3&r ttjerbet genjorben/ or 2. S^^ werbet gemorben, or 
 
 ttjorben, fet)n, you shall, , worben, fe^n, you shall 
 
 or will, have become have become 
 
 3. ©ie ttjerbcn gen^otben, or 
 ttjorbctt, fei)n , they 
 
 shall , or will , have 
 become. 
 
 3. @ie werben gemorben, or 
 iDOrbcn fepm they sballj 
 have become. 
 
Third Auxiliary. 53 
 
 First Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3cl) itjurbe rDcrben, I should, or would, become 
 
 2. ^xx n:)urbejl njcrben, thou shouldst, or wouldst, become 
 
 3. ^r it)Urt)e werberir be should, or would, become 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Btr rtjurben werberr, we should, or would, become 
 
 2. S^^ ttJurbet tuerfcen, you should, or would, become 
 
 3. @te tt)Urfcen werben, they should, or would, become. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sc& njurbe genoorben, or n)orben, fepn, I should, or 
 
 would, have beconie 
 
 2. Su ttjurbejl gemorben, or itjorben/ fe^n, thou shouldst, 
 
 or wouldst, have become 
 
 3. Qx tt)urbe gettjorben, or tt)orben/ fe^^n, he should, or 
 
 would, have become 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir rtjurben geitjorben, or ttjovbeit/ fe^n, we should, or 
 
 would, have become 
 
 2. 3^t «5urbet genjorben^ or jtjorben, fepn, you should, or 
 
 would, have become 
 
 3. ©ie ttjurten geitjorben, or wjorben, fepn, they should, 
 
 or would, have become. 
 
54 Auxiliary Kerhs^ 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 (1. SBerten mx , lot us be- 
 come) 
 
 2. 2Berl)e(Du), become thou 2. SBerbet (i()r), become 
 
 (you) 
 
 3. SBerbeer, let him become. 3. 2Berfcen fie, let them be- 
 
 come. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present, SBerben, to become 
 
 Preterperf. ©emorten, or njorben, fc^n, to have become 
 
 Future, 2Berten rDert)en/ to be about to become. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, SBerbent, becoming 
 Preterite, ©erDOrbetl/ or ttJOrbeil/ become. 
 
 REGULAR COxNJUGATION. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 Soben, to praise : 
 
 £obe; Sobete, or lobte; ©elobet, or geJcbt 
 
Regular Conjugation, 00 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ lobe, I praise 1. 5c^ lobe, (if) I praise 
 
 2. ©II lobejl, or (objl, thou 2. Dulobejl, (if) thou praise 
 
 praisest 
 
 3. (5r (obet, or lobt, he 3. Sr lobe, (if) he praise. 
 
 praises 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 1 5Bir lobeH/ we praise 1. 9Bir (obeH/ >ve praise 
 
 2. 2()f lobet, or (obt, you 2. 3^^^ \^^^i, you praise 
 
 praise 
 
 3« Sie (Oben, they praise. 3. ©ie loben, they prise. 
 
 Preterimperfect. 
 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ l^htz, I praised 1. Jd) Icbete, (if) I praised 
 
 2. Du lobtejl, thou prais- , 2. 2}u lobetejl, (if) thou 
 
 edst praised 
 
 3. 5r lobte, he praised 3. (^r (obete, he praised 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 jl. ^Bir lobteri/ we praised 1. 2Bir lobeten, we praised 
 
 1 2. ^\x (obtetr you praised 2. 2()r (obetet, you praised 
 
 3. (SiMobteil/ they praised. 3. @ie (obeteit, they praised. 
 
 Preterperfect. 
 
 j Singular. Singular. 
 
 jl. 3c^ lS>^be gelobt, I have l. 3c^ ]:)Ci.H gelobt, (if) I 
 
 I praised have praised 
 
56 Regular Cofijuijaiion, 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 2. ^u Ijajl gelobt, thou hast 2. Su ^a6efl9e!obt,(if) thou 
 
 praised have praised 
 
 3. ^r \^ai gdobt, he has 3. ^r ^abe gelobt, (if) he 
 
 praised have praised 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 1. aSir l^aben gelobt, we i. 2Bir ^aben gelobt, (if; 
 
 have praised we have praised 
 
 2.3^1* ^(tbt gelobt, you 2. Sfjr^abetgelobt, youhave 
 
 have praised praised 
 
 3. ®ie l^aben gelobt, they 3» ^ie fjaben 9^I^^t, they 
 have praised. have praised. 
 
 Preterpluperfect. | 
 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. S* Mte gelobt, I had 1. S* W^^ Q^lobt, (if) I 
 
 praised had praised 
 
 2. ^u l^attejl gerobt, thou 2. ^uf^attejl:ge(obt,(if)thou 
 
 hadst praised had praised 
 
 3. (ix ^rttte gerobt, he had 3. ^r l^atte gelobt, he had 
 
 praised praised 
 
 Plural. Plural. 
 
 1. SBir l^atten gelobt, we i. 2Bir l^dtten gelobt, we 
 
 had praised had praised 
 
 2. S^r ]^Mzi gelobt, you 2. 31)^ ^attet gelobr, you 
 
 had praised had praised 
 
 3> ©ie batten gelobt, they 3. ©ie ^^iUn geloU, they 
 
 had praised. had praised. 
 
Acti'vc Voices 
 
 57 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 First 
 Singular. 
 !• 3* ttJerfce (oben, I shall 
 
 praise 
 
 2. Du mtrjl loben, thou 
 
 shall, or wilt, praise 
 
 3» Sr wirb (oben, he shall, 
 
 or will, praise 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir werben loben, we 
 
 shall praise 
 
 2. %\)X werbet (oben, you 
 
 shall, or will, praise 
 
 3. ©ie werben lob«^n, they 
 
 shall, or will, praise. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Z^ njerbe (oben, (if) I 
 
 shall praise 
 
 2. 5)u wcrbejl (obeii/ thou 
 
 shalt praise* 
 
 3» (5r rt)erbe loben, he shall 
 praise 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir ttjerbett loben, we 
 
 shall praise 
 
 2. S^J^ werbet loben / you 
 
 shall praise 
 
 3. ©ie werben (oben, they 
 
 shall praise. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. %i\ werbe gefobt l^aben, 
 
 I shall have praised 
 
 2. Du tt)irfl gelobt \i<x^z% 
 
 thou shalt have prais- 
 ed, etc. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 1. Sc^werbege(obt^abcn,(if) 
 
 I shall have praised 
 
 2. t)u werbejl gelobt ^(xH% 
 
 (if) thou shalt have 
 praised, etc. 
 
 First Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 1, 5d? iDurbe loben, I should, or would, praise 
 j2. Du iDUrbejl loben, thou shouldst, or wouldst, praise 
 I 3. @r njurbe loben, he should, or would, praise 
 
58 Regular Conjugation. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 5Bir wurben loben, we should, or would, praise 
 
 2. 5(^r xoixxlzi (oben, you should, or would, praise 
 
 3. ®ie IDUrten lOben/ they should, or would, praise. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. S* toxxxlz gelobt ^aben, I should, or would, have 
 
 praised 
 
 2. ©u wiirtejl gelobt liaben, thou shouldst, or wouldst, 
 
 have praised 
 
 3. @r tt)urbe gelobt (^rtbeii/ he should, or would, have 
 
 praised ^ 
 
 - Plural. 
 
 1. Wxx wurben gefobt ^aben, we should, or would, have 
 
 praised 
 
 2» S^J^ xoixx^ti gelobt ^aben, you should, or would, have 
 
 praised 
 
 3. ©ie wurben gelobt fjaberi/ they should, or would, have 
 
 praised. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 (1. ?Oben XOXX, let us praise) 
 
 2. 2oN (bu), praise (thou) 2. £obet or Iobt)(i^r), praise 
 
 (you) 
 
 3. 2obe er, praise he, or 3. Sobcn (le, praise they, 
 
 let him praise. or let them praise. 
 
Passive Voice. 
 
 59 
 
 I.NFIxMTIVE. 
 
 Present, Sobcn, to praise 
 
 Preterperf. ©elobt ^aben^ to have praised 
 
 Future, 2oben XOiXtzn, to be about to praise. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Present, 2obenl>, praising 
 Preterite, ©elobet, or gelobt, praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 ©elobt merten, to be praised. 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sc^ werte gelobt/ I am 
 
 j praised 
 
 2. Su iDirfl gefobt thou art 
 praised 
 
 3. gr wirb gelobt, he is 
 
 praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SDBir werten gelobt, we 
 
 are praised 
 
 2. 3^1' njcrfcet gelobt, you 
 
 are praised 
 
 3. eie roertcn gclobt/ they 
 ared praised. 
 
 Singular, 
 be praised 
 
 2. J)u tt)erbe(l gelobt, (if) 
 
 thou be praised 
 
 3. gr werbe gelobt, (if) be 
 
 be praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir iDerben gelobt, (if) 
 
 we be praised 
 
 2. St>r roerbct gelobt, (if) 
 
 you be praised 
 
 3. ®ie werben gelobt, (if) 
 
 they be praised. 
 
m 
 
 Regu lar Conjugat ion. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5* ttjurbe (or tt)rtrt) ge^ 
 
 (obt, I was praised 
 
 2. Du wurtejl (or wartjt) 
 
 9ClObt, thou wast pr. 
 
 3. ^r ttjurbe (or rDtub) ge- 
 
 lobt, the was praised 
 Plural. 
 
 1. W\x wurben gelobt, we 
 
 were praised 
 
 2. 3^^^ ttJurbet gelobt, you 
 
 were praised 
 
 3. ®je ttjurbcn gclobt, they 
 
 were praised. 
 
 Preterimperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3* ttJurbe gclobt, (if) I 
 
 were praised 
 
 2. X5u ttjurbeft gdobt, (if) 
 
 thou wert praised 
 
 3. ^r Jt5urbe gelobt, (if) he 
 
 were praised 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 3Bir wurben gclobt, we 
 
 were praised 
 
 2. 3!^f wiirbet gefebt, you 
 
 were praised 
 
 3. ©ie tt)urben gelobt, they 
 
 were praised. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5c^ ^tn gelobt worben, I 
 
 have been praised 
 
 2. Su bifl ge(obt worben, 
 
 thou hast been pr. 
 
 3. Sr ijl gelobt ttjorben, he 
 
 has been praised 
 
 - Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir finb gelobt worbeit, 
 
 we have been praised 
 
 2. Sl^r fepb gelobt worben, 
 
 you have been pr. 
 
 3» @ie finb gelobt worben, 
 
 they have been pr. 
 
 Preterperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3^^ f^9 9^(obt ttjorben, (if) 
 
 I have been praised 
 
 2. Dufe9ejlgeIobt»t)orben,(if) 
 
 thou have been praised 
 
 3. Sr fet) ge(obt worben, (if) 
 
 he have been praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir fe^en gelobt rDorben, 
 
 we have been praised 
 
 2. 3^r f^^^b gelobt worben, 
 
 you have been praised 
 
 3. ®ie fepen gelobt njorben, 
 
 they have been praised. 
 
Passive Voice • 
 
 61 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 2c^ tt)ar gelobt worben, 
 
 T had been praised 
 
 2. Du ttjarejl gelobt morben, 
 
 thou hadst been pr. 
 
 3. (Jr tt)ar ge(obt worben/ 
 
 he had been praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir waren gelobt morben, 
 
 we had been praised 
 
 2. Z'^x tt)arct gefobt tt^orben, 
 
 you had been praised 
 
 3. @ie waren gelobt morbeit/ 
 
 they had been pr. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ n)dre gelcbt ruorben^ 
 
 (if) I had been pr. 
 
 2. ^u warejl gelobt worbeit, 
 
 (if) thou had been pr. 
 
 3. Sr mdre gelobt rtorben, 
 
 (if) he had been pr. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir wuren gelobt wcrbett, 
 
 (if) we had been pr. 
 
 2. S!?'^ xcixzi 9e(obt rtorbett/ 
 
 (if) you had been pr. 
 
 3. ©ie rodren gelobt worben, 
 
 (if) they had been pr. 
 
 First Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sc^ merbe gelobt werben, 
 
 I shall be praised 
 
 2. Du tt)irj! gelobt tuerben, 
 
 thou shalt, or wilt, be 
 praised 
 
 3. Sr ttJirb gelobt werben/ 
 
 I he shall, or will, be p. 
 
 I Plural. 
 
 |1. 2Bir ttjerben gelobt ttjer- 
 
 j ben, we shall be or. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3c& merbe gelobt merben, 
 
 (if) I shall be pr. 
 
 2. ^11 merbejl gelobt njcr- 
 
 ben / thou shalt be 
 praised 
 
 3. @r njerbe gelobt werben^ 
 
 he shall be praised 
 
 Plural. 
 1. aBir werben gelobt mer- 
 ben vve shall be pr. 
 
62 
 
 Regular Conjugation. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 2. 5^r tozxUt gelobt wer- 
 
 tetl/ you shall, or will, 
 be praised. 
 
 3. ®ie werbcn gelobt roer- 
 
 ten, they shall, or will, 
 be praised. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 2. S^J^ wertet gelobt votx^ 
 
 ten , you shall be 
 praised. 
 
 3. ®ie njerten gelobt wer- 
 
 ten, they shall be 
 praised. 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5c^ werte gelobt wor- 
 
 sen fei^n, I shall have 
 been praised 
 
 2. Du wirfl gelobt ttorten 
 
 fe|E)n/ thou shalt have 
 been praised 
 
 3. Sr wirb gelobt worten 
 
 fepn, he shall have 
 been praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. Wvc werten gelobt tt>or- 
 
 ten feil^n, we shall have 
 been praised 
 
 2. 3^^^ roertet gefobt wor- 
 
 ben fepn, you shall have 
 been praised 
 
 3. ®ie wcrben geJobt morben 
 
 fepn, they shall have 
 been praised. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ rterbe gelobt worben 
 
 fei^, (if) I shall have 
 been praised 
 
 2. X)u iverbejl gelobt n)crben 
 
 fepn, thou shalt have 
 been praised 
 
 3. 6r iDerbe gelobt iDorben 
 
 fe^n, he shall have 
 been praised 
 
 Plural. 
 1. SBtr werben geiobt wor* 
 ben fe^n, we shall have 
 
 been praised 
 
 3. ©ie werben gelobt wor- 
 benfepn, you shall have 
 been praised 
 
 3« @ie merben gelobt n)or- 
 ben fepn, they shall 
 have been praised. 
 
Passive Voice. - 63 
 
 First Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5* wurbe gelobt werfcen, 1 should be praised 
 
 2. Du njurbejl gelobt werten, thou shouldst, or wouldst, 
 
 be praised 
 
 3. @r njurbe gelobt ruerten, be should, or would, be 
 
 praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir wurfcen gclobt iDerbcn, we should, or would, be 
 
 praised 
 
 2. S^^r tt)uri)ct gelobt xctxltn, you should, or would, be 
 
 praised 
 
 3. ®ie wiirten gelobt rrerten, they should, or would, be 
 
 praised. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 5^ wurbe gelobt worben fe^n, I should have been 
 
 praised 
 
 2. ^u iDurliejl gelobt worten fe^n^ thou shouldst, or 
 
 wouldst, have been praised 
 
 3. @r iDurbe geJobt roorten fe^n, he should, or would, 
 
 have been praised 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. Sffiir tt)urben gelobt luorten fepn, we should have been 
 
 praised 
 
 2. 3?l^f wiirtct gelobt morten fci?n, you should, or would, 
 
 have been praised 
 
 3. ®ie murten 9e(o^t )[t)orten fe^n, they should, or would, 
 
 have been praised. 
 
64 
 
 Regular Conjugation. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 (1. SBerbcn mx gelobt^ let 
 
 us be praised) 
 
 2. 2Berbe (bu) gelobt, be 2. SBerbet (i^r) geloM, be 
 
 thou praised you praised 
 
 3. SSerfce er gefobt, be he 3. 5Berben jle gefobt, be 
 
 praised, or let him they praised, or let 
 
 be praised. them be praised. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present, ©elobt ttjerben, to be praised 
 Preterperf. ©elobt ttJOrben fei)n, to have been praised 
 Future, SBerten gelobt werbeii/ to be about to be 
 
 praised. 
 
 OBSERVATION. 
 
 The particle JDOrbeil, of the auxiliary, is used for 
 the conjugation of the passive voice, in preference to 
 gCWOrtcn. Sometimes that participle is entirely omitted: 
 
 as, 3c^ Mn gelobet, for gelobt worben. 
 
Irregular Verbs, 65 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. The irregularity consists, chiefly, in the preter- 
 
 imperfect tense , and the preterite participle. Several 
 verbs are also irregular in the present tense, and some 
 in the imperative mood. 
 
 2. The first person plural of the present tense, is 
 always like the infinitive, and the two remaining per- 
 sons are thence conjugated regularly. 
 
 3. The third person singular of the preterimperfect 
 tense, is constantly the same with the first 5 the other 
 persons follow, in their terminations, the example of 
 the regular verb. 
 
 4. In the subjunctive mood, the preterimperfect tense 
 receives, in the first and third persons singular, an e at the 
 end; and changes the vowels a, 0, It, into the diphthongs d, 
 C, it : for example, %^ bat, 1 begged — subjunctive, idfe V^Xz ; 
 
 id^ l^ob, I lifted — sub. l^obe; t^ tru9,Ibore — sub.truge. To 
 
 this change of the vowels there are some exceptions, re- 
 specting which the Grammar must be consulted, p. 289. 2. 
 
 5. In the imperative, it is only the second person 
 singular , that is ever irregular. 
 
 6. The infinitive mood is to be considered as the root, 
 from which all the regular parts of the verb are derived. 
 
 7. In the following list, some verbs are marked with 
 a single star, and a few others with a double : the first 
 are such, of which the regular form is, at present 
 equally in use with the irregular ; the second such, of 
 which the irregular form is almost become obsolete, and 
 which it is now more proper to conjugate regularly. 
 
66 
 
 Irregular Ferbs, 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 |M^ 
 
 
 CU 
 
 
 *P* 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 A^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ce 
 
 
 P^ 
 
 
 • 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 &^ 
 
 • 
 
 0-( 
 
 cc 
 
 • 
 
 aQ 
 
 ^rf 
 y 
 
 0} 
 
 .«^ 
 
 Cz3 
 
 
 ;> 
 
 
 fii 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 .1.^ 
 
 ;;j 
 
 
 a 
 
 p-l 
 
 u 
 
 
 D5 
 
 
 05 
 
 • 
 
 »M« 
 
 > 
 
 
 »w* 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 C£3 
 
 <« 
 
 W 
 
 (-1 
 
 H 
 
 
 b 
 
 t->4 
 
 O 
 
 • 
 
 
 V 
 
 H 
 
 
 a? 
 
 4-» 
 
 iJ 
 
 
 
 'ts 
 
 l4 
 
 t— 1 
 
 •ai 
 
 • 
 
 03 
 
 Q 
 
 o 
 
 pM^ 
 
 ;^ 
 
 H 
 
 P^ 
 
 » 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 -a- 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 P^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 <ti 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 Z 
 
 > 
 
 < 
 
 • 1-4 
 
 
 fi 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 C5> 
 
 o> 
 
 
 ^> 
 
 tJ 
 
 C 
 
 ^s 
 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 iH- 
 
 o 
 
 &> 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^> 
 
 <35 
 
 
 
 
 wc> 
 
 
 S 
 
 <j:> 
 
 
 vsa 
 
 •t* 
 
 
 
 
 S. 
 
 s 
 
 «> 
 
 o 
 
 
 «> 
 
 ^c» 
 
 x» 
 
 iC» 
 
 
 lO 
 
 C «v> ^ CSS 'ii- 
 
 o ^ o o o 
 
 «) -X* ^C* •iO ^ 
 
 ^ <i> c>> o <i> 
 
 rfi C5i <5) <3) <^ 
 
 ^ .^ o « o 
 
 ^ w& ^jo .o **=» 
 
 
 **^ ««^ ••^ 
 
 CO 
 
 c4 
 
 (N CO 
 
 5=$ w 
 
 <N Ok 
 
 
 CO ^ 
 
 0) 
 
 5 S? 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 'n 
 
 
 «» 
 
 
 fl 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 c3 
 
 
 *pM 
 
 rt 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 .A 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 • •ii4 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4-) 
 
 +J 
 
 4^^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 «»M 
 
 
 
 $5 
 
 o 
 
 
 "fej 
 
 £5 
 
 o 
 
 
 <3 
 
 Jo 
 
 
 «4— 
 
 ^ 
 * 
 
 o 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 QJ I— 1 
 
 C/3 ••- 
 
 a; 
 O 
 
 4-S 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 C 
 o 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 67 
 
 4J 
 
 u 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 I > 
 
 i CO 
 
 I « 
 
 I :^ 
 
 iPH 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 ! > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C3d 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (h 
 
 /•v 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '**' 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 fit 
 
 c 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 n 
 
 
 iS: 
 
 <35 
 O 
 
 <3> 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 -1^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ,0 
 
 '^^ 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 *-* 
 
 X2 
 
 -x> 
 
 
 ^£i 
 
 >x> 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 >c> 
 
 Ud 
 
 kO 
 
 «) 
 
 c» 
 
 
 c» 
 
 «> 
 
 CO 
 
 
 V 
 
 CSS 
 
 o 
 
 <3S 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o o 
 
 V 
 
 
 V 
 
 io 
 
 ^ 
 
 •O 
 
 c 
 
 Q» 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 ^i*^ 
 
 k£> 
 
 «£> 
 
 ^£» 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^ -e* 
 
 V 
 
 r: 
 
 CO 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 ;4 
 
 
 cs 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 ••3 
 
 <^ 
 
 u 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 ^ 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 V 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • V4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *« 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 'T3 
 
 c 
 
 -u^ 
 
 ^C 
 
 
 cs 
 
 CJ 
 
 O 
 
 bO 
 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 >2 
 
 ^ 
 
 u 
 ^ 
 
 f— ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 4>» 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 4-« 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 <» 
 
 
 JO 
 
 s 
 
 V 
 
 i3i 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 r: 
 
 -t-» 
 
 « 
 
 
 n3 
 o 
 
 Q. 
 
 CO (M 
 
 o *- 
 CO JS 
 
 .5 o 
 
 CO *- 
 
 Q 
 
 bC bC 
 o •; 
 
 CO 
 
 
 «0 
 • >■• 
 
 
 © a^ 
 
 ^ ^ ^ 
 
68 
 
 Irregular 
 
 Verbs, 
 
 U 
 
 « 
 
 « r: n 
 
 O Q> c> 
 
 >rfi <x> ^*^ 
 
 ^j> C> O 
 
 ^ S s 
 
 *> J=> ^ 
 
 o 
 
 CR C35 C» <3J «> *=" 
 
 o 
 
 O) CO 
 
 o 
 
 C35 
 
 
 Cm 
 
 
 V 
 O 
 
 - - -S^ f I t 
 
 j^ t* i* s-> 
 
 ^ "B .^ 
 
 
 W 
 id 
 
 
 CI 
 
 C6 
 
 iO 
 
 
 OS 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 «^ CO 
 
 iO .A 
 
 V 
 
 • 1-4 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 '<3 
 
 •«\ 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 4ii3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 fciD 
 
 •M 
 
 03 
 
 rt 
 
 t/3 
 
 cd 
 
 JS 
 
 S 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 1— 1 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 4-» 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 r: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 c: 
 
 
 
 sC» 
 
 *s^ 
 
 « 
 
 'S^ 
 
 o 
 
 ss 
 
 
 «*>* 
 
 >** 
 
 :-» 
 
 o 
 
 S-» 
 
 • «-» 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 7^ 
 
 it 
 
 w 
 
 ^ 
 
 vt 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 ctf 
 
 
 j:; 
 
 
 
 bO 
 
 
 CO 
 
 /■•y 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 03 
 (-1 
 
 bO 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 J3 
 
 
 • I-» 
 
 
 
 4-» 
 
 P 
 
 .4 
 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 ■<-» 
 
 V 
 
 4^ 
 
 V 
 
 c: 
 
 
 c 
 
 S 
 
 
 en 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 OS 
 
 «M 
 
 c 
 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 JO 
 
 <3) 
 
 H 
 
 
 o 
 
 St 
 
 Si- 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 O S 
 rr o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 &# 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 Si. 
 o 
 
 
 en 
 
 , V 
 
 f s 
 
 JO 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 >x> 
 
 5X> 
 
 I;j 
 
 V 
 
 ^^ 
 
 « 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 .^ 
 
 V 
 
 U— 
 
 
 
 «s 
 
 s^ 
 
 »■ 
 
 ft. 
 
 ». 
 
 ^ 
 
 <^m^ 
 
 o 
 
 y» 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 c> 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 s. 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 lis. 
 
 -s- 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 1 MM 
 
 
 <5 
 
 -a <N 
 
 
 
 fO 
 
 «2: c2- tc tpi 
 
 ft- ft- Si- ft- 
 
 s s s s 
 
 O O CJ^ O' 
 
 i^ 0^ C^ CO 
 
 > 
 
 i "^ ft 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 (^ 
 
 > 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 a> 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 «?. 
 
 «> 
 
 s 
 
 ft- 
 S 
 
 ^ 
 s 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 ft. 
 
 
 «5 
 
 u 
 
 >-i 
 
 
 u 
 
 ;i 
 
 o 
 
 $H 
 
 ^H 
 
 
 o 
 
 p 
 
 'cS 
 
 p- 
 
 p. 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 l-H 
 
 c:5 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 ;-l 
 
 c 
 
 w: 
 
 H-l 
 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 s 
 
 .5 
 
 S" 
 
 tti. 
 
 o 
 
 ft- 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 -S3 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 « 
 %» 
 
 »^ 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 -=: 
 
 w 
 
 
 JS 
 
 CO 
 
 C 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 
70 
 
 Irregular Verbs, 
 
 a> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 := 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 1^ 
 
 o 
 
 s-> 
 
 V 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 ;- 
 
 
 
 r» 
 
 :-• 
 
 w 
 
 H- 
 
 <^ 
 
 o 
 
 *^ 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 cZ 
 
 
 
 $- 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 Ci- 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 «W» 
 
 'si 
 
 SJ 
 
 <5 
 
 c< 
 
 O 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 u 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 • p4 
 
 
 
 *^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ce 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 &« 
 
 
 '•^ 
 
 «* 
 
 
 v» 
 
 Oh 
 
 
 g 
 
 h-4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <3 
 
 
 
 
 
 «:5 
 
 <3 
 
 «s 
 
 « 
 
 v^_ 
 
 til. 
 
 **i- 
 
 u— 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 «> 
 
 cn 
 
 <35 
 
 <3J 
 
 V 
 
 c» 
 
 s 
 
 5> US- s 
 
 yi. u_J «^ 
 
 _^ 
 
 '+J 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 s ^ s s 
 
 s^ 
 
 o 
 
 c^ 
 
 u 
 o 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 
 £ 
 
 u 
 
 Q 
 
 KSa 
 
 d «o 
 
 
 
 -TS 
 
 
 
 Q» 
 
 
 
 ti 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 ^-> 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 fi 
 
 ac 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 Cm 
 
 > 
 
 CO 
 
 <U 
 
 ■us 
 
 W 
 
 J3 
 
 »0^ 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 c^ 
 
 iW 
 
 4^ 
 
 s: 
 
 
 
 t— ( 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 ^=s 
 
 tJ 
 
 
 « 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 
 *cft 
 
 o 
 
 513 
 
 i: 5- <3> 
 «*— <*- tir. 
 
 cr: TO 
 
 cc 
 
 <^ *^ H-^ <i^ ^ 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 eo 
 
 <N CO C^ C^» ^J 
 
 • •\ 
 
 tiC 
 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 «0 
 
 
 
 
 bC 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 
 
 '^ 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 
 ?M 
 
 c;> 
 
 
 
 
 c« 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 •T3 
 
 «pri 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 bC 
 
 C 
 
 
 =2 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 4^ 
 
 «> 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 4-a 
 
 
 o 
 
 *J 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 s: 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 eo 
 
 
 eo 
 
 * 
 
 eo 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 71 
 
 
 
 C=L fe. ni- d 
 
 ^« ^» o o 
 
 <3J CS) CS) CT 
 
 £5 ^ = 
 
 C55 
 
 s 
 o 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 O 
 i5l 
 
 g:> ICG. «» ^*^ 
 
 o o ^ 2 
 
 Q^ ^^ <*— i*— 
 
 
 &» 
 
 <s 
 
 o 
 
 >£^ 
 
 JC* 
 
 :^ 
 
 O 
 
 Ck> 
 
 
 OS 
 
 <3& 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ; ^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 ta-ri 
 
 tc 
 
 «^ 
 
 iE 
 
 tci- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £. 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -iJ' 
 
 «u> 
 
 
 
 ' > 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <» 
 
 tia. 
 
 
 
 •r 
 
 ^« 
 
 • 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 v./ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Si* 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 &4 
 
 
 
 «5. 
 
 Qi- 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 ^1. 
 
 
 
 
 &4 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 tCL 
 
 CC 
 
 o 
 
 tfO 
 
 
 ' 
 
 CQ 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 * 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 
 « 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 5 
 
 
 £3 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 »rm 
 
 • «s 
 
 
 '3 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 <« 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 ^m 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 i^ 
 
 (-1- 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 CC 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 a 
 
 Q 
 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 *J 
 
 •^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 *- 
 
 WD 
 
 +J 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 *J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .s 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 <i> 
 
 
 <55 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 <3 
 5^ 
 
 *j 
 
 w 
 o 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 ^ 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 *sl» 
 
 © 
 
 
 fcD 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 **^ 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 «> 
 
 
 s 
 
 w 
 
 
 Q 
 
 •« 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 CS5 
 
 
 a 
 
 C 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 4-' 
 
 X, 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 4ta» 
 
 ^M' 
 
 
 
 i* 
 
 •i* 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 itt^ 
 
 &^ 
 
 •■cs 
 
 •"tn 
 
 ,X> 
 
 VO 
 
 
 ••« 
 
 o 
 
 
 © ® 
 
72 
 
 Irnegular Verhs. 
 
 
 ■ M< 
 
 
 Vi 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 /— N 
 
 
 '4^ 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 1^. 
 
 • 
 
 P^ 
 
 
 
 
 ■♦-♦ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c J- 
 
 CO en 
 
 o c»> •s^ 
 
 C5) CJ) «5) 
 
 
 <3> 
 
 «> 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 S5 
 
 c: 
 
 
 
 
 
 <5> 
 
 cs; 
 
 $-1 
 o 
 
 <3) 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 sO 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 _ __ "o « <s 
 
 '=^ ^ "S- -H ^ 
 
 Q3 <5) <33 «> 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 CC ■ — 
 
 • ^> 
 
 ;^ ^^ <« 
 
 ■5 •- ^ 
 
 2 «* e^ 
 
 '-§ CO ^ 
 
 ^ * o 
 
 
 P 6P 
 
 o 
 
 4-» 
 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 i=i 
 
 «^— 
 
 o 
 
 c4 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 O 
 
 c> ^ 
 '^ 
 
 © ® 
 
 (4 
 
 O) 
 
 Ph 
 en 
 
 O 
 ?- 
 P- 
 
 o 
 
 c: 
 
 o 
 
 <^ 
 o 
 
 7t 
 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 en 
 
 p2 "^ 
 
 CI 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 P4 
 
 
 ^ h ^ 
 
 « 
 
 rt 
 
 « 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 • C\ 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 Ph 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ;3 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 4-> 
 
 4-' 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 H-J 
 
 s: 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 <i> 
 
 ^ 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 *3 
 
 yi. 
 
 <3 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 +^ 
 
 o 
 
 •H 
 
 P- 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 I— t 
 P 
 
 <^ 
 
 o 
 
 ts) €) © 
 
 CO 
 
 c 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 4-» 
 
 CO 
 CO 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 O 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4-* 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 O 
 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 73 
 
 '5 
 
 
 r: 
 
 
 
 S C Q> Q^ 
 
 g £ ^ - 
 
 £ en *Sj ^ 
 
 O C> C> o 
 
 c» c» t» c© 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 
 J , 
 
 ^> 
 
 ^> 
 
 i^ 
 
 go 
 
 fe 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 t^ 
 
 ca 
 
 «3J 
 
 ca 
 
 Ck> 
 
 C^ 
 
 o 
 
 r?) 
 
 «> 
 
 Cf> 
 
 
 n 
 
 S 
 
 «^ 
 
 o 
 
 «3 
 
 "^^ 
 
 
 ^M* 
 
 •i« 
 
 ts 
 
 <s 
 
 tX^ 
 
 ge^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o> 
 
 c» 
 
 U 
 O 
 
 
 
 <3 
 
 t» c» rjj 
 
 
 C» C?5 
 
 <3J CR 
 
 «> 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 9 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 JO 
 
 
 M«^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "ts 
 
 
 re 
 
 S 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 «> 
 
 >£3s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c.*: 
 
 
 c 
 
 * *a^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 ■%. 
 
 
 ^-1 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <ti 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .£> 
 
 
 <A 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -c; 
 
 
 a 
 
 c» 
 
 <3i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :^ 
 
 
 p*rf 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ca 
 
 
 P>4 
 
 c4 
 
 fd 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 
 €N 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 c 
 
 </5 
 
 *re 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ""■ 
 
 O 
 
 CO 
 
 re 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 M>4 
 
 
 r>. 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4-tf 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 re 
 
 
 P. 
 re 
 
 S 
 
 C 
 
 p 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 C 
 
 -^ 
 
 « 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 fc£) 
 
 0'= 
 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 o 
 
 4J 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 • P^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 €V 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 4-> 
 
 V 
 
 >^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 ts. 
 
 0) 
 
 s 
 
 +-> 
 
 a>J 
 
 
 s 
 
 r~^ 
 
 4— 
 
 4^ 
 
 1 
 
 WO 
 
 o 
 
 n3 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 H 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 2 
 
 ^_i 
 
 <3i 
 
 
 «•« 
 
 C 
 
 
 ,Ci- 
 
 *«s 
 
 
 4 
 
 JS^ 
 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 • 
 
 
 >■ • 
 
 ffO 
 
 
 V 
 
 *^ 
 
 
 tti- 
 
 tt^ 
 
 
 <*i^ 
 
 CS) 
 
 
 *« 
 
 c 
 
 
 d^ 
 
 *« 
 
 
 ♦ 
 
 • 
 
 
 r) 
 
 • 
 
 5 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 a> 
 
 • 
 
 
 -Q 
 
 rJ 
 O 
 
 
 O 
 
 4-^ 
 
 c 
 
 
 r- 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 bC 
 
 t< 
 
 ^ 
 
 & 
 
 o 
 
 1— ( 
 
 o 
 
 re 
 
 }>► 
 
 ^ 
 
 "*^ 
 
 «^ 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 *— 
 
 
 
74 
 
 Irregular f^e^bs. 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 CJ) c» c» 
 
 n 
 
 
 c 
 
 .^ 
 
 
 * ^a^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 «M 
 
 «M 
 
 «> 
 
 c^ 
 
 OJ 
 
 C33 
 
 a; 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 p^ jTP .s:^ ^Ci" 
 
 
 <» 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 p. 
 
 ^JR- 
 
 cs 
 
 • 1-4 
 
 
 »sa 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 ««M# 
 
 !£&. 
 
 ^.it^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 u— 
 
 vi^ 
 
 o 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ?- 
 
 ,iX=^ 
 
 •x^ 
 
 © 
 
 U^ 
 
 
 ^,-./' 
 
 O 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 N— • 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 £ 
 
 «SCS- 
 
 ***** 
 
 J^ 
 
 
 Ci> 
 
 O 
 
 v#**^_ 
 
 X?- 
 
 yS> 
 
 
 (N fO c* 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 te 
 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 4«^ 
 
 
 
 
 4- 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 o 
 
 
 CP 
 
 f— ^ 
 
 ra 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 +^ 
 
 • 
 
 -C 
 
 o 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 
 o 
 
 4- 
 
 
 O 
 
 4J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 a 
 
 r- 
 
 
 ■ P4 
 
 t-7 
 
 6 
 
 HH 
 
 o 
 
 *-> 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 rt 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 ♦^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 J3 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 o> 
 
 KSa- 
 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 to 
 
 
 c 
 
 .^3 
 
 
 
 ■s— 
 
 
 ;^ 
 
 
 i^;^ 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 <sp; 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 en 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 44> 
 
 cv ^ 
 
 c 
 
 4- 
 
 •»■ 
 
 s 
 c 
 
 V 
 
Irregular f^erhs. 
 
 75 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ o n 
 
 s 
 
 
 •S" 
 
 
 'c 
 
 o 
 
 Ct-» 
 
 »-» 
 
 o 
 
 Q> 
 
 CR 
 
 O 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 c: 
 
 •«i* 
 
 ^ 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ••»» 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 u> 
 
 z^ 
 
 «)-> 
 
 Ck* 
 
 n^ 
 
 «!-» 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Cb> 
 
 O 
 
 CO 
 
 C?) 
 
 c» 
 
 05 
 
 SB 
 
 o 
 .Si* 
 
 On 
 
 > 
 
 • put 
 
 V 
 
 £ 
 
 
 c c: 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 w w :^ 
 su» <M cu 
 
 V 
 
 c; 
 
 c: 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 s 
 
 i s i s e^ "r 
 
 S « S g ^ 
 
 <M 
 
 «-» 
 
 "•O 
 
 ro 
 
 «u «.» 
 
 *<3 
 
 
 C^) 
 
 
 ^ g 
 
 5 o 
 
 ^ 
 u 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 o o 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 = 5 = 
 
 ^ tit. ^ 
 
 J3 o c> S- 
 
 •^ C C Q 
 
 «=; '5:; C<s^ ^ 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 'O 
 ^ 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 C3 
 
 ■4 
 
 1— H 
 
 cc 
 
 s 
 
 a 
 
 *(>it 
 
 Sh 
 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 cr 
 
 A 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 •^ 
 
 4- 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 <ii^ 
 
 c 
 
 S> 
 
 o 
 
 -s- 
 
 t;^ 
 
 
 >■ «M» 
 
 . 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 s-» 
 
 Ut 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 c^^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 JO 
 
 4-:^ 
 
76 
 
 Irregular Verbs, 
 
 
 
 o 
 O) 
 
 
 § '<S S" 
 
 Q> c> ^> 
 C» O) c» 
 
 CO 
 «5> 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 c» 
 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 (-1 
 
 
 > 
 
 C3 
 
 
 o u 
 
 w o 
 
 CO 
 
 
 C^ CO c^) 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 <0 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 p^ 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 en 
 
 
 
 i-H 
 
 i-H 
 
 rt 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 4^ 
 
 1— < 
 
 V 
 
 4-» 
 
 V 
 
 +* 
 
 ^ 
 
 O 
 
 
 V. 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 c 
 
 s. 
 
 
 c 
 
 4-> 
 
 »2i 
 
 o 
 
 ^> 
 
 s 
 
 
 .^ 
 
 
 
 ja 
 
 ^E> 
 
 l^ 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 o? 
 
 ©^ 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 p 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 U 
 
 CO 
 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 (O 
 
 (O 
 
 • 1-4 
 
 C 
 
 t PM 
 
 H 
 
 (O 
 
 t5 
 S-l 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 • •ii^ 
 
 "IS 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 S CO 
 
 
 
irregular Verbs, 
 
 77 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Xi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 w^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .ar 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • mm 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 C 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 S5 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 ,*^ 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 *•> 
 
 o 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^*^* 
 
 o 
 
 <^ 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 is 
 
 H 
 
 s 
 
 ua. 
 
 
 s 
 
 p^ 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 iS 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <i> 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 <3 
 
 C 
 
 S 
 
 «> 
 
 «» 
 
 <» 
 
 <3> 
 
 1 <y 
 
 ^ 5i iCa. ^ 
 
 ^ s s s s 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 «;^ 
 
 s^ 
 
 
 vO^ 
 
 s 
 
 <S 
 
 <s 
 
 « 
 
 s; 
 
 
 <0 
 
 u 
 Cm 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 03 
 
 
 «*i- ^^5 "-^S 
 
 o 
 
 ISO. «f^ 
 
 S S 5 
 
 o5 o> r6 
 
 V 
 
 3 
 
 "i i 
 
 5 
 
 S 
 
 5 S 
 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 > 
 
 V 
 
 c 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 4.^ O V. 
 
 O 
 
 
 is 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 J3 
 
 
 -£5 
 
 r3 
 
 WD 
 
 O 
 
 O ^ 
 -3 
 
 fe> ^ 
 
 o 
 
 £ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 «« 
 
 eg 
 
 c 
 
 
 s 
 
■i8 
 
 Irregular Ferbi\ 
 
 • mm 
 
 CO 
 
 
 c 
 
 c: 
 
 r: 
 
 o 
 
 ,^> 
 
 ^ 
 
 <3J 
 
 
 *fc= 
 
 O 
 
 «> 
 
 ^1^ 
 
 t=i- 
 
 :>• 
 
 ». 
 
 »- 
 
 ». 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 c» 
 
 «) 
 
 c» 
 
 o 
 S 
 
 
 .c; 
 
 £». A- S^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 P4 
 
 3 
 
 > 
 
 
 HP* 
 
 to 
 
 u 
 
 C) 00 
 
 4-* 
 
 d 
 
 te 
 
 
 
 
 a- 
 
 
 S-. 
 
 (/i 
 
 
 o 
 
 >»« 
 
 
 >^ 
 
 C« 
 
 
 "o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 o 
 
 •-4 
 
 u 
 
 ■*^ 
 
 CD 
 
 0) 
 
 «3 
 
 o 
 
 -^ 
 > 
 
 a 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 q;) 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 o 
 
 •M 
 
 V 
 
 4i^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 n 
 
 V 
 
 e: 
 
 cu 
 
 JJJ 
 
 ^ 
 
 «>■ 
 
 ^ 
 
 lt= 
 
 «>> 
 
 
 
 ?n 
 
 0» 
 
 
 7^ 
 
 W 
 
 a- 
 
 ^ 
 
 d 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 a 
 
 OB 
 
 o 
 
 
 Sf^ 
 
 
 O 
 
 09 
 
 p 
 
 O) 
 
 
 V 
 
 CO 
 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 
 a 
 
 ni 
 
 
 o 
 
 C3 
 
 
 it-j 
 
 O 
 
 
 V 
 
 ^M 
 
 '/J 
 
 n 
 
 
 a) 
 
 ft> 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 fcJ3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 * 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
Irregular t^erbs, 79 
 
 • 
 4^ 
 
 go 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 -«-» 
 
 c 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 u 
 
 u» 
 
 w 
 
 s^ 
 
 s^ 
 
 Ph 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 <^ 
 
 c» 
 
 <3) 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 C~i 
 
 
 
 
 
 SU 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 t ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' fl 
 
 
 
 
 
 v-l 
 
 
 
 
 
 • -^ 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 -k^ 
 
 M 
 
 V 
 
 
 V 
 
 c: 
 
 CJ 
 
 Jd 
 
 V 
 
 •«-« 
 
 ^H* 
 
 =- 
 
 Ck> 
 
 (£D. 
 
 -«-♦ 
 
 « 
 
 Ph 
 
 n 
 
 W 
 
 n 
 
 l-» 
 
 
 sr 
 
 s 
 
 
 aM 
 
 o> 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^«* 
 
 o 
 
 «) 
 
 n 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 rj 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 3" 
 
 w 
 
 ^^ 
 
 &« 
 
 :-• 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 a> 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 <» 
 
 c» 
 
 r<0 
 
 
 _i^ «i s 
 
 o « « 
 
 S>» W Si 
 
 ^> o 
 
 
 fl 5h _ ^ O is o 
 
 00^ •- O o G 
 
 0^0 
 
 o 
 
 
 •^ 
 
80 Irregular f^erhs. 
 
 u 
 
 CO 
 
 • 
 
 s 
 
 .0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 ^^ 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 ^ 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 g 
 
 5* 
 
 u 
 
 ««— 
 
 »X 
 
 
 
 Co. 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 
 0^ 
 
 
 0=- 
 
 
 
 P-4 
 
 • 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q> 
 
 <i> 
 
 ■a» 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 <s> 
 
 <3) 
 
 <5) 
 
 cs 
 
 «> 
 
 «> 
 
 <:» 
 
 rsi 
 
 «) 
 
 <» 
 
 t» 
 
 €» 
 
 c» 
 
 OD 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C*H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^»» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •>-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 ^_ 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 -«-» 
 
 "« 
 
 
 
 WO 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 t4^ 
 
 en 
 
 3 
 
 g 
 
 
 €30 
 
 
 -e* 
 
 ^ 
 
 •S" 
 
 s 
 
 •e 
 
 s 
 
 .^ 
 
 ■8- 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 .-S" 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 «^ 
 
 0:1 
 
 0:^ 
 
 0:1 
 
 
 v^ 
 
 
 »•» 
 
 0=. 
 
 
 
 i<»> 
 
 »•-» 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .w* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «tf 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 &N 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «l. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •^i* 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I' 
 
 .^ .^ 
 
 
 Si 
 
 '^ ^ ., -3; 
 
 «^ «M C Jfv O Q> O •«-» »*rf •*-» "«■-• kaM tmm* 
 
Irregular f^erbs. 
 
 81 
 
 a> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 p-« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 »p^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 O 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 n 
 
 o 
 
 r: 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 e 
 
 OS 
 
 u 
 
 «4 
 
 O 
 
 5* 
 
 
 *§ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 g 
 
 s 
 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 5} 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 ui 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •j4 
 
 ^ 
 
 «> 
 
 
 «> 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 M 
 
 C» 
 
 
 03 
 
 
 <» 
 
 
 <» 
 
 <» 
 
 
 <35 
 
 c» 
 
 <» 
 
 05 
 
 c» 
 
 O 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 *^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • M 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 (n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (0 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *> 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 0) 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 t3) 
 
 S 
 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 
 V 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 « 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 .-s^ 
 
 g 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 •S* 
 
 -s* 
 
 •s* 
 
 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 
 
 ^f— 
 
 
 
 
 ^— 
 
 C- 
 
 t^— 
 
 «■»— 
 
 "5 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 it 
 
 .t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ci; 
 
 #-rf 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <tf 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •«o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '•■• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f« 
 
 p^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '. 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * *■ 
 
 Hi^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '•.■* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <— • 
 
 ■ a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 \5 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^tf 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c^ 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 "lo 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r< 
 
 
 P>H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 ■"^ 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •» 
 
 
 en 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 -i 
 
 
 J^ 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 p2 
 
 • 
 
 9^ 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 CN 
 
 2 
 
 c 
 
 
 bC 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 4-< 
 
 
 "» 
 
 !» 
 
 > 
 
 na 
 
 
 
 'o 
 
 
 c 
 
 i-< 
 
 
 pm 
 
 AA 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 
 ^5 
 
 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 o 
 
 5 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 O 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 
 ■H 
 
 --* 
 
 r-^ 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 > 
 
 V 
 
 j; 
 
 
 •^* 
 
 
 
 +* 
 
 M 
 
 
 r: 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 s: 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 r: 
 
 «> 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 15 
 
 <33 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 
 E 
 
 
 ^ 
 S 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 to 
 
 j 
 
 «■ 
 
 
 «• 
 
 
 •S" 
 
 
 •e^ 
 
 
 (5 
 
 1^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 •e 
 
 -^ 
 
 
 
 © 
 
 
 «£) 
 
 
 ® 
 
 
 \^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ® 
 
 (1> 
 
 4- 
 
 . 1 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4^' 
 
 
 
 
82 Irregular Verbs, 
 
 4» 
 
 |S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 c: 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 o 
 «) 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "^ 
 
 CO 
 
 •4-« 
 
 
 S3 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 n 
 
 •u* 
 
 s: 
 
 S 
 «* 
 
 
 • 
 
 n 
 S 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 L. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 
 
 
 c.^ 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Ci> 
 
 
 o 
 
 Q> 
 
 o 
 
 «> 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 «» 
 
 <» 
 
 <:» 
 
 CR 
 
 
 c» 
 
 «» 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - V 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ft. 
 .6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 ■V 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 /=» 
 
 «) 
 
 
 s 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 <35 
 
 5=1 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 w 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 -t-i* 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 <5 
 
 « 
 
 « 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 s^' 
 
 ^4-* 
 
 
 N. 
 
 o 
 
 
 S 
 
 B 
 
 a 
 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 2 
 
 a 
 
 .«"N. 
 
 
 
 <3> 
 
 'o 
 
 S-i 
 
 PL, 
 
 •e 
 
 >S 
 
 ■S 
 
 S 
 
 
 « 
 
 •& 
 
 g 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 .« 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 09 
 
 O 
 
 «x 
 
 «x 
 
 0=- 
 
 
 
 Oi 
 
 0:1 
 
 
 
 
 tl— 
 
 «^» 
 
 ^^ 
 
 **" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;i4 
 
 •. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q) 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J3 
 
 >• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .lij 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «* 
 
 ^.^ 
 
 ^ 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 * ti^' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ea. 1 
 
 P4 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 a. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _. V 
 
 <tf 
 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 us. 
 
 
 
 
 ■4b» 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S:3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cry 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 >— t 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 # 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 •e' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 <±^ 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 tx 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l&L 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 wS- 
 
 114 
 
 
 
 
 ci 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e<i^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 *L "^ trt OJ > CO. .-I 5.^ Ji 
 
 c -M -^ . V c 
 
 03 O 
 
 --egg I 5 S s 2 «- - - 
 
 ^aa^ aaaa ^S^^ 
 
Irregular Verbs. 
 
 83 
 
 ! '^ 
 i " 
 
 i u 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 c» 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 4-* 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 Its. 
 
 s 
 
 S 
 
 l^ 
 
 ^"^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 :-» 
 
 3 
 
 ^Q 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 $;». 
 
 'S- 
 
 l^ 
 
 ;:». 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 cz~ 
 
 
 
 
 t^Z. 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 O) 
 
 « 
 
 O) 
 
 <» 
 
 05 
 
 O) 
 
 CR 
 
 c» 
 
 <» 
 
 c» 
 
 O) 
 
 i ;i4 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 '•* Ci z? ^ 
 
 o. .Si « w 
 t.^. .a- .su. .o- 
 
 i; ** <s 
 a: e c§^ 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 T-S CO 
 
 .Si- .»- 
 
 <N CO 
 
 (N CO 
 
 o 
 
 09 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 f— t 
 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 c r: 
 
 s 
 
 
 » fi 
 
 
 s 
 
 Ph 
 
 CO 
 
 V 
 
 
 ® («) ® (5) 
 
 
 
 
 
 ® ® ® ^ 
 
 s^ 
 
 
 Pw 
 
 o 
 p^ 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 .^ o 
 
 C 
 
 U 
 
 P^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 .5 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 u 
 
 •Pi*- 
 P* 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 (S (|> 
 
84 
 
 Irregular Verbs. 
 
 
 
 
 s: 
 
 JO 
 
 <3 o 
 
 «*- tti. 
 
 
 S 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 o J5 ^ 
 
 5 ^ • - 
 
 Sow 
 «t2- itL es. 
 
 c$} <n o 
 
 S 
 «» 
 
 C3» 
 
 Cm 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 P-l 
 
 V O 
 
 Its. o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 ^ uaS. «• 
 ctL c^ <X 
 
 Cm 
 
 to 
 u 
 
 
 
 il« «t£> 
 
 
 
 ► 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 •■0 
 
 
 
 
 
 4iA 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «tJ- 
 
 
 
 
 
 <« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 eo 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 e^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 IpH 
 
 
 
 
 ^0 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 « ^^ 
 
 
 * *■* 
 
 
 
 
 
 ••0 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 S- 
 
 iti. 
 
 
 «tl. 
 
 S- 
 
 
 
 
 <i2. 
 
 
 
 
 
 B4 
 
 
 • 
 
 « 
 
 
 • 
 
 % 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 P4 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 tfO 
 
 n3 
 S 
 V 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 in 
 
 bD 
 
 
 C^l 
 
 
 
 N 
 
 » 
 
 (4 
 
 p 
 
 
 4i^ 
 
 
 '5 
 
 
 CO 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 G 
 
 CO 
 
 J2 
 
 CO 
 
 {^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 4-> 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 cd 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 s 
 
 4^ 
 
 «*. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 4-» 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 4-< 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 1-^ 
 
 
 4>> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c» 
 
 ^0 
 
 
 -£» 
 
 
 
 «U 
 
 
 
 * ^H^ 
 
 <0 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 kS> 
 
 s^ 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 c 
 
 ^£D- 
 
 
 
 
 'S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 
 (5) (5) (5) (5) 
 
 (^ 
 
 (5) (5) (5) 
 
 ® 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 85 
 
 
 I ^ 
 i - 
 
 
 tt 
 
 S 
 
 Q> 
 
 o 
 
 tfcr 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 s^ 
 
 n 
 
 ■♦-» 
 
 -«>» 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 c» 
 
 <» 
 
 *» 
 
 r: 
 
 n 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 -1— » 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 <3 
 
 S-* 
 
 » , 
 
 i^ 
 
 w 
 
 b£5^ 
 
 +^ 
 
 -«—» 
 
 -«»* 
 
 -4-* 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 <» 
 
 ca 
 
 c» 
 
 OJ 
 
 <» 
 
 o 
 
 Cm 
 
 a. 
 
 j o 
 (1< 
 
 <3> 
 
 
 
 « O O « 
 
 w S_» s^ w 
 
 ■w- ^ 
 
 
 
 >JSS 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 <5) 
 
 > 
 
 -4-» 
 
 '2 d 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^» 
 
 M-» c> 
 
 <5 
 
 &^ 
 
 ca 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 
 aA V« 
 
 CO 
 
 lb 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ ca v^ s- 
 
 W 
 
 c^ 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 
 :3 •% 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 
 CO 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 s ^ 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 4^ 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 03 
 
 • •\ 
 
 o 
 
 r: 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 V3 ^^ 
 
 u 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 fi: 
 
 02 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 •13 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 'T3 
 
 "si ^ 
 
 * 6^^ 
 
 >*-> 
 
 s 
 
 ^:^ 
 
 (N 
 
 
 fO 
 
 'n o 
 
 rJ3 OJ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 *■• •» -^i^^ 
 
 c *^ 5 
 W 6^ t^ 
 
86 
 
 Irregular Ferbs. 
 
 
 U 
 P4 
 
 Cm 
 
 cu 
 
 
 > 
 
 ?3 
 
 0} 
 
 Vi 
 
 P4 
 
 s 
 
 
 S 
 
 » 
 
 o> 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 
 -s 
 
 >o 
 
 «o 
 
 ^ 
 
 <d:> 
 
 :_» 
 
 *-> 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 Ck> 
 
 ^ 
 
 s> 
 
 £> 
 
 » 
 
 $> 
 
 s 
 o 
 
 JO «) 
 
 <3a 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 «> 
 
 
 
 
 -*r» 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 V 
 
 *J^ 
 
 V 
 
 § 
 
 s 
 
 iO 
 
 o 
 
 X» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 n3 
 
 a 
 
 0) 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 V 
 
 <3J 
 
 <x» 
 
 Si* 
 
 .hi .^ 
 
 C^$ CO 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 c: 
 
 c« 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 4-* 
 
 
 13 
 
 o 
 
 4^ 
 
 P 
 
 o 
 
 r— < 
 
 o 
 
 I- 
 
 o 
 
 
 w s-» 
 (N CO 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 .51 
 
 1-= ifO. 
 
 0) 
 
 (4-4 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 X - 
 V 
 
 4i^ 
 
 CO >-* 
 
 r^ O 
 
 5^ 
 o ® 
 
 i s 
 
 >— ' A 
 
 O 
 
 >^« .*-» ^ 
 
 <5> «> 
 
 rt 
 
 a 
 
 
 «> 
 $> 
 
 <N eO 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 u 
 
 O -fi 
 
 V 
 
 a; 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 V 
 
 S 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 >o 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 ce 
 
 CI 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 U 
 O 
 
 .w 
 
 _« \ , 
 
 c* 
 
 en 
 
 » o 
 
 CO 
 
 S-i CO 
 
 •'■ .-« 
 
 C —4 
 
 .5 «. 
 
 br/S 
 
 ^^ 
 
 CO "^ 
 
 > 
 
 a> 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
Irregular Verbs, 
 
 87 
 
 .s 
 
 
 
 
 
 <<irf 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 P. 
 
 • 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 "o 
 
 
 <3 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 u» 
 
 u» 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ph 
 
 <» 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 » 
 
 $> 
 
 
 £> 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cm 
 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 •^ 
 
 h 
 
 
 
 p4 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 IS 
 
 
 >-• 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 -'-N 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 ,0 
 
 
 
 £ 
 
 :^ 
 
 U» 
 
 s-» 
 
 u» 
 
 o 
 
 «> 
 
 
 
 
 
 $> 
 
 $^ 
 
 » 
 
 £> 
 
 ic3 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 •^ri 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^rf 
 
 
 
 
 
 (6 
 
 
 
 
 
 CI. 
 
 
 
 
 tea. 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £> 
 
 Ic3 
 
 
 
 
 
 i> 
 
 
 
 
 . 
 
 * fM 
 
 
 
 
 
 • l^V 
 
 
 
 
 
 See 
 
 
 
 
 
 iC^ 
 
 
 
 
 .^ 
 
 ^ «^ iO 
 
 — «^ c 3 c 
 
 5 -s = i ^ 
 
 ° i :§ S «. 
 
 s-» w w w :^ 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 •Si 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 <3 
 
 •u 
 
 
 a 
 
 f>^ 
 
 ;« 
 
 rt 
 
 ct 
 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4-» 
 
 •pj 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 ■e- 
 
 'o 
 
 
 ^ f^ 
 
 c^ 
 
 
 
 *^ 
 
 <3) 
 
 «> 
 
 W 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 ei 
 
 v- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <t^ 
 
 *K 
 
 
 
 
 
 -u^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •«>» 
 
 -b^ 
 
 
 
 i^ 
 
 <sa 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •(■^ 
 
 »4^^ 
 
 
 
 ••« 
 
 -cs 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 :_> 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 
 -^Mi^ 
 
 "■■■*- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 •^« 
 
 -fci« 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 &i« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3^ 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 $:> 
 
 £> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 » 
 
 $> 
 
 
 
 cl 
 
 0-5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 CO" 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 b 
 
 M 
 w 
 
 
 1- 
 
 
 
 1- 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 a 
 
 «% 
 
 ► 
 <« 
 V 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^0 
 
 s 
 
 • MM 
 
 cn 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 4J 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 
 iO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 .s 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 JO 
 
 s 
 
 «3 
 
 r— 
 
 
 
 QJ 
 S 
 
 
 CO 
 
 V 
 
 £5 
 
 CO 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 2 
 
 g 
 
 
 V) 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 l-» 
 
 ;_* 
 
 :-> 
 
 u» 
 
 
 
 i-t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c>> 
 
 
 
 Q> 
 
 «!> 
 
 ca 
 
 
 
 r^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
88 
 
 Irregular Verbs* 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 F*^ 
 
 
 
 
 C^ 
 
 
 
 
 • p"« 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 • *i4 
 
 
 
 
 Jb^ 
 
 
 
 
 :^ 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 C5 
 
 o 
 
 c: 
 
 
 a 
 
 w 
 
 <» 
 
 
 
 :^ 
 
 J&- 
 
 
 • 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 ;-! 
 
 w 
 
 >.« 
 
 
 P^ 
 
 Q> 
 
 o 
 
 
 £> 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 • 
 4-> 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 .« 
 
 
 
 
 Cm 
 
 
 
 
 ;h 
 
 
 
 
 Q> 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 .V 
 
 
 
 • r^ 
 
 W 
 
 V 
 
 
 S-i 
 
 w 
 
 \X> 
 
 
 O) 
 
 o 
 
 «> 
 
 
 iUJ 
 
 s 
 
 '♦^ 
 
 
 O 
 
 #<o 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 »» 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 ^— ' 
 
 
 •M 
 
 
 
 
 4.^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 a 
 
 
 O 
 
 /-N 
 
 U 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 sO 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 ^4^^ 
 
 
 *s 
 
 o 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 ♦« 
 
 #40 
 
 g 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 HH 
 
 
 » 
 
 s> 
 
 • 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 ► 
 
 
 
 
 • M 
 
 
 
 
 •k^ 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 • P^ 
 
 
 
 
 •T3 
 
 
 
 
 fl 
 
 
 
 
 1-4 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 Pm 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 &I 
 
 'd 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 ed 
 
 
 
 iM 
 
 1^4 
 
 
 
 r> 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 0> 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 • 
 
 S 
 
 c» 
 
 
 o 
 
 <+H 
 
 a» 
 
 
 > 
 
 fl 
 
 CO 
 
 
 • f^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 4-1 
 
 u 
 
 
 <43 
 
 o 
 
 4-» 
 
 H 
 V 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 O 
 
 
 c 
 
 4i^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 %* 
 
 g s 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 I 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 «> 
 
 v« 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,y 
 
 c 
 
 Q> 
 
 s: 
 
 c: 
 
 ts 
 
 •4-* 
 
 ■e^ 
 
 
 .•t 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 o 
 
 <3 
 
 o 
 
 
 « 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 <3> 
 
 «> 
 
 rsi 
 
 c» 
 
 c» 
 
 <» 
 
 CA 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 O 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 V 
 
 S B B S 
 
 <si 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 *5: 
 
 <k 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -«-• 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 
 
 -«s 
 
 *<$ 
 
 
 
 ••« 
 
 -«3 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 
 
 (N 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 c^ 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 CV 
 
 
 Q) 
 
 
 
 
 
 ►> 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <0 
 
 ;3 
 o 
 
 4>> 
 
 
 O 
 
 • 1^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 a. 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 w 
 
 Cfi 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 en 
 
 to 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 
 > 
 
 a 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 4-A 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 -a 
 
 CO 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 4-» 
 
 V 
 
 s 
 
 
 s: 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 N 
 
 «> 
 
 .o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 >~» 
 
 o 
 
 
 «£» 
 
 o 
 
 s 
 
 JQ 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 Si 
 
Irregular Verbs. 
 
 89 
 
 
 r^' 
 
 c 
 
 ♦» 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 •^ 
 tt^ 
 
 
 
 ■4-» 
 
 -^i» 
 
 m 
 
 ^i^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 cs> 
 
 tlx 
 
 tea. 
 
 :=$ 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 3 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 g 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 S 
 
 g 
 
 a 
 
 P4 
 
 9 
 
 «> 
 
 Q> 
 
 o 
 
 ^> 
 
 Q> 
 
 «> 
 
 c» 
 
 <3> 
 
 «) 
 
 <3) 
 
 €» 
 
 ca 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 ».* 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cm 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 p^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t «« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 «4^ 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 s^ 
 
 S-> 
 
 «) 
 
 r— 
 
 tsa 
 
 53 
 
 '^ 
 
 « 
 
 «3 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 3 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 u a 
 
 a a a a 
 
 
 Xl 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 >JO 
 
 
 en 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 e^ 
 
 V 
 
 5 
 
 o 
 
 
 «5 
 
 a 
 
 *« 
 
 c«0 
 
 fHO 
 
 re 
 
 > 
 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 •■4 
 
 c 
 
 en 
 
 ^ 
 > 
 
 c 
 
 a 
 
 CO 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 a a 
 
 
 o 
 > 
 
 o 
 
 
 a 
 
 C^ CO c^ 
 
 > 
 
 J3 O 
 
 
 o 
 
 a .^ a 
 
 • a . 
 
 (N . CO 
 
 »aa: 3- ^ 
 
 s s a 
 
 CO 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 c 
 
 u 
 
 feC 
 
 • >>• 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 +J 
 
 o 
 
 ^J 
 
 
 iiW 
 
 
 >> 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 u.:- 
 
 <3) 
 
 JO 
 
 s-« 
 
 O 
 
 •H 
 
 ^> 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 09 
 
 O 
 
 S 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 •■# 
 
 PQ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 
 l-H 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 f^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 rd 
 
 - 
 
 ;s 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 p^ 
 
 
 
 Cm 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 CO 
 
 
 o 
 
 «* 
 
 
 c;) 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 U3 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 u 
 
 .5 
 
 ^>< 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 ^H 
 
 
 w 
 O 
 
 
 
 eS 
 
 o 
 
 'is 
 
 U 
 
 O 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ;^ 
 
 Cm 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 +j 
 
 OJ 
 
 ^. 
 
 o 
 
 
 O 
 
 4^ 
 
 
 
 o 
 4^ 
 
 4J 
 
 V 
 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 — * 
 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 V 
 
 «£» 
 
 CIS 
 
 V 
 
 «1> 
 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 <-) 
 
 £5 
 
 OO 
 
 o 
 
 US' 
 
 *tE 
 
 C/3 
 
 
 a: 
 
 i^ 
 
 
 
 
 <i> 
 
 a 
 
 
 CO 
 
 rq 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 
90 Reflective Verb. 
 
 REFLECTH E VERB. 
 
 ©ic^ freuen, to rejoice. 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Present. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. SS^ freue mid), I rejoice L Sd? freue mic^, (if) I re- 
 
 joice 
 
 2. T)u freuejl (or, freuf!) 2. X5u freuejl ^lcft, uO ^hou 
 
 bidt)r thou rejoiccst rejoice 
 
 3. dv (jie, c^) freuet (or, 3. ^r freue (ic^, (if) he re-^ 
 
 freut) jlc^, lie, (she, it) joice 
 
 rejoices 
 
 PluraL Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir freuen un^, we re- 1. ^ir freuen uni, vve re- 
 
 joice joice 
 
 2. 5^r freuet (or, freut) 2. 21?^ freuet euc^, you rc- 
 
 euc^, jou rejoice joice 
 
 3. ®ie freuen ftd^, thej re- 3. @(e freuen fid), they re- 
 
 joice, joice. 
 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 1. 3c^ freute (or, freute) 1. Jift freuete mic^, (if) I 
 
 mid}, I rejoiced rejoicerl 
 
 2. T)i\ freuetejl (or, freutejl) 2. 2^u frcuetejl bid), (if) 
 
 btcft, thou rejoicedst thou rejoiced 
 
 3. (5r freuete (or, freute) 3. ^r freuete (idj, he re 
 
 a^, he rejoiced joiced 
 
Reflective Verb, 
 
 91 
 
 INDICATIVE* 
 
 Plural. 
 1. SBir freueten (or, freuten) 
 
 Un^/ v've rejoiced 
 
 SUBJUXCVIVE. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. SBir freueten un^, we re- 
 joiced 
 
 2. %\)X freuetet (or, freutet) 2» 3^r freuetet eud), jou 
 
 euc^r yoii rejoiced 
 
 rejoiced 
 
 3, ©ie freueten (or, freuten) 3. ©ie freueten fic^, iliej' re- 
 
 fld), thej rejoiced. 
 
 joiced. 
 
 m Singular. 
 
 !♦ Sc^ ?>abe mic^ gefreut (or, 
 
 gefreuet), I have rejoiced 
 
 2. X)u ^afl btc^ gefreut, thou 
 
 liast rejoiced 
 
 Preterperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. Sd) N^^ mic^ gefreut, (if) 
 
 I have rejoiced 
 
 2. ^u ^abej! bic^ gefreut, 
 
 (if) thou have rejoiced 
 
 3. ^r \)ixX flc^ gefreut, he has 3. Sr ^abe (Ic^ gefreut, (if) 
 
 rejoiced 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 28ir ^aben un$ gefreuf, 
 
 we have rejoiced 
 
 2. 5^r y^c^'^i euc^ gefreut, you 
 
 have rejoiced 
 
 3. ®ie ^aben fid) gefreut, 
 
 they have rejoiced. 
 
 he have rejoiced 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir ^rtben un^ gefreut 
 
 we have rejoiced 
 
 2. 5^r \i(x\)Zi m^ gefreut, 
 
 you have rejoiced 
 
 3. ®ie \)<x^zxi (ic^ gefreut, 
 
 they have rejoiced. 
 
 Preterpluperfect. 
 
 Singular. 
 1. 3A &^tte mid) gefreut, I 
 
 had rejoiced 
 
 Singular. 
 1. 3(ft %hXiz mtc^ gefreut, 
 
 (if) I had rejoiced 
 
92 
 
 Rejlecti'vc Verb, 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 2. iTu l^attejl bict) gefrewt, 
 
 thou hadst rejoiced 
 
 3. Sr ^atte (icf) gefreut, lie 
 
 Jiad rejoiced 
 
 Plural. 
 1, 2Bir fatten un^ gefreut, 
 
 we Jiad rejoiced 
 
 2» 5(^r Ijattet eud) gefreut, 
 
 you had rejoiced 
 
 3. ©ie (;atten jicf) gefreut, 
 
 they had rejoiced. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 2. Du ^dttejl bic^ gefreut, 
 
 (if) thou had rejoiced 
 
 3. dr ^atte (td) gefreut, he 
 
 liad rejoiced 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir fatten un6 gefreut 
 
 we had rejoiced 
 
 2. 3f)f f^attet eucfj gefreut, 
 
 you had rejoiced 
 
 3. ©ie fatten fid) gcfreut 
 
 they had rejoiecd. 
 
 First Future. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Singular. 
 
 1. 3c^ werbe mic^ freuen, I l. 3c^ x^zxlz mic^ freuen. 
 
 shall rejoice 
 
 (if) I shall rejoice 
 
 2. X)« tt)ir(f bic^ freuen, thou 2. ^u werbejl bic^ freuen, 
 
 shalt, or wilt, rejoice (if) thou shalt rejoice 
 
 3. @r tt)irb flc^ freuen, he 3. @r tuerbe |I(^ freuen, he 
 
 shall , or will , rejoice shall rejoice 
 
 Plural. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1. 2Bir werben und freuen, 1. SSir werben un4 freuen. 
 
 we shall reioice 
 
 we shall rejoice 
 
 2. ^\)x njerbet euc^ freuen, 2. 3fer itjerbet euc^ freuen, 
 
 you shall, or will, re- you shall rejoice 
 
 joice 
 
 3. ©ie werben iid^ freuen, 3. @ie werben fieft freuett,| 
 
 they shall, or will, re-* they shall rejoico^. 
 
 joice, 
 
Reflective Verb. 93 
 
 INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 Second Future. 
 Singular. Singular. 
 
 1. %^ wer^e mid) gefreut 1» 2ct) tuerbe mid) gefreiit 
 
 ^aben, I shall have re- ^aben, (if) I shall have 
 
 joiced rcjoicefl 
 
 2. Du iuirjl bid) gcfreut 2. Du njerfcejl tic^ gefreut 
 
 j^rtbeit/ thou shalt, or baben, (if) thou salt 
 
 wilt, have rejoiced have rejoiced 
 
 etc. etc. 
 
 First Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. 
 1» Sc^ «5Urbe mi^ freueit^ I should, or would, rejoice 
 
 I 
 
 I 2. Du tt)urbc(l bid) freuen, thou shouldst, or wouldst, 
 
 ' rejoice 
 
 3. ^r tt)Urbe ftc^ freiten. he should, or would, rejoice 
 
 Plural. 
 1» 2Bir tt5urben itn§ freuen, we should, or would rejoice 
 
 2. 3^^ raurbet eud) freuen, you should, or would, rejoice 
 
 3. ©ie ttJUrbert jld) freuen, they should, or would, rejoice. 
 
 Second Future Conditional. 
 
 Singular. ^' 
 
 1. 5d) ttjurbe mid) gefreut \)^\iZXi, I should, or would, 
 
 have rejoiced 
 
 2. t)u wiirbell V\^ gefreut ^aben, thou shouldst, or 
 
 wouldst, have rejoiced 
 etc. 
 
94 Reflective Verh, 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 (1. greuen mx un$, let us 
 
 rejoice 
 
 2. Sreue (bu) bid), rejoice 2. greuet (or, freitt) (ibO 
 
 (thou) eud). rejoice (jou> 
 
 3. greue er fl*, let him 3. greucn fie fid), let them 
 
 rejoice rejoice 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 Present, ©id) freuett, to rejoice 
 
 Preterperf. @ic^ gefreut ^aben, to have rejoiced 
 
 Future, ^\^ freuen werten, to be about to rejoice 
 
 PARTICIPLE PRESENT. 
 
 ^\^ freuent), rejoicing. ^ 
 
Compound Verbs, 95 
 
 ^'ERBS COMPOUND. 
 
 { 
 
 1. Verbs Compound Separable. 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. The particle is separated from the verb, in the 
 indicative, and subjunctive, when these moods are not, 
 
 i for some grammatical reason, placed at the end of tlie 
 sentence: farther, in the imperative 5 in the infinitive, 
 bj the preposition %% and in the preterite participle, bj 
 
 ' the augment ge. 
 
 2. The particle, thus separated, stands in the infini- 
 tive, and preterite participle, before the verb 5 in the 
 indicative, subjunctive, and imperative after the verb, 
 and likeAvise after all the words governed by, or con- 
 nected with, the verb. 
 
 See the Grammar, p. 305. 
 
 The 
 
 separable verbs, are tho? 
 
 5e composed with : 
 
 ah, 
 
 as, abfegen, to laj 
 
 
 
 down 
 
 from fegen, to lay 
 
 axi, 
 
 — (tnfangcn, to begin, 
 
 fiingen, to catc 
 
 axCcjzm, 
 
 — an()eimjIeKen, to re- 
 
 
 
 fer to. 
 
 — — fteden, to place 
 
 auf. 
 
 — aufbdren, to cease 
 
 l)6ren, to hear 
 
 ^\x%, 
 
 — au^faffen, to leave 
 out, 
 
 laffen, to leave 
 
 be(. 
 
 — hz\^z\^ZX{, to assisit, 
 
 fteben, to stand 
 
 y 
 
06 
 
 bar, 
 
 trtbet, 
 t>a»on, 
 
 fort 
 
 ?>erab, 
 ^eratt/ 
 
 l^erbet, 
 ^er»or, 
 
 ^inan. 
 
 Compound Verbs. 
 
 as, barbringen, to offer, from bvindeii/ to bring 
 
 to present, 
 
 — babeijle^en, to stand 
 
 by, 
 
 — t)atjon(aufen,tornnoff, 
 
 — einFaufen^tobuyin, 
 
 — fortfa^ren, to con- 
 
 tinue, 
 
 — l()eimFel^ren, to re- 
 
 turn home, 
 
 — ^erbringen, to bring 
 
 along, 
 
 — l^erabfe^en,to lower, 
 
 — ^eranfu^ren,to bring 
 
 on, 
 
 jlebeH/ to stand 
 
 laufen, to run 
 iPaufcn, to buy 
 fat?ren. to move 
 along 
 
 fc^^ren, to turn I 
 
 ll 
 bringen, to bring 
 
 fegejt/ to set . 
 fubren, to lead j^ 
 
 bolen, to fetch 
 
 — I^errtu^^olen, to fetch 
 
 out, 
 
 — |>erbeirufen, to call 
 
 towards yon, 
 
 — l^ereinbringen, to 
 
 bring in, 
 
 — ^lerijorbringeu, to 
 
 « duce, 
 
 — j^inge^eH/to go along 
 
 — btnablaflien, to let 
 
 down, 
 
 — j^inangieffen, to pour gieffen, to pour 
 
 to, 
 
 — ^^inau^werfen, tolling * werfeit. to fling 
 
 out, 
 
 lufen, to call 
 
 bringcn, to brinf 
 
 . 
 
 bringen, to brin^ 
 
 geben, to go 
 (ajTen, to let 
 
Separable 
 
 97 
 
 fpringen, to !eap 
 
 ne^men, to take 
 
 binuber, as tjmitberrrrtgen, to fVom rragen, to cany 
 
 carry over, 
 
 t?inunrer, ~ Ibinunterfpringen, to 
 
 leap clo^y^, 
 
 ntit. — mitnebmen, to take 
 
 wiili you 5 also 
 to censure, 
 
 nacb, — nad)foIgen, to follow, 
 
 to succeed, 
 
 «ict)er, — nieberjlc^eiT, to strike 
 
 do^Yll, 
 
 IP^, — Cbd'Cvjett, to be in- 
 
 cumbent on, 
 »or, — . jjorgeben, to pretend, 
 
 tjoran, — fcrangeben, to go 
 
 before, 
 
 »crau^. — tjorau^fe^en, to sup- 
 pose, 
 
 coruber, — ijoruberfa^reit^topass 
 iiberein, — ubereinfcmmett, to 
 
 agree, 
 
 meg, — ruegbfeiben, to stay 
 
 away, 
 
 wieber, — miefcerfommen, to 
 
 come again, 
 '^'ote. In ttJieberl^Olen, to repeat, from ^ofen, to fetch. 
 
 it is inseparable. 
 
 \\x . as, jureben, to persuade rebeit, to talk 
 
 isurucf, — 5«i'ucffe]J)ren/ to return fe^ren. to turn 
 
 fofgen, to follow 
 ftofen, to push, 
 
 to strike 
 Iiegeit, to lie 
 
 geben, to give 
 9e(?en, to go 
 
 fe|en, to put 
 
 fal^ren, to move 
 
 f ominen, to come 
 
 bleiben, to stay 
 
 fommen,to come 
 
98 
 
 Compowifl Verhs, 
 
 jufrtmmen, as sitfammenfc^eit, to put fromfe^en,io pur. 
 
 together, to compose, 
 to construct. 
 
 IL Verhs Compound Inseparable, 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. The component particle is not separated from 
 the verb. 
 
 2. The preterite participle does not talte the aug- 
 ment ge. V 
 
 Tlie few exceptions, which are found to those rules, 
 are mentioned in the Grammar , p. 307« 
 
 The verbs inseparable, are those compounded with ;j 
 
 Be, as, l^enjeifen, to prove, from ttjeifett , to showj 
 emi>, — empfangcn, to receive ^ — fangen, to talie j 
 ent, — ente^ren^to dishonour, ef^ren, to bonourl 
 
 tx, — erl^alten, to preserve, 
 
 ge, — - 9efcr<t«c!)Ctt, to make 
 
 use of, 
 
 Ijjinter, — l^iutergel^cit^to deceive,. 
 
 m^t — mi^fciUen/ to displease,. 
 
 ttXf — Xi^x\^\jX^% to con- 
 
 sume, 
 
 i)eral6, — ijerabfc^euen, to detest, fd^euen, to shu] 
 
 i)crnac^, — tJernac^laffiQen, to ne- (affen/ to leave 
 
 gleet, 
 
 azxm, — Derunveinigen, to soil, reinigett, to cleai 
 
 witer, — ttJibeiTrttfjen/ to dis- ratten, to advis( 
 
 suade, 
 \^Xr — %^X^i)\jX%X^, to destroy," fto^rett, to stir. 
 
 IJjalten, to hold 
 braitcfeen, to use 
 
 9e()en, to go 
 faKen, to fall 
 se^ren^ to wast( 
 
Separable and Inseparable* 99 
 
 III. V^erhs Compound Separable and Inseparable, 
 
 RULES. 
 
 1. Verbs of this description are separable, when their 
 signification is neuter, or intransitive; They are inse- 
 parable, when they have an active, or transitive meaning. 
 
 % When the verb is separable, the accent rests on 
 the particle 5 Avhen inseparable, it is laid on the verb. 
 
 The verbs, which are both separable, and inseparable, 
 are composed with the following prepositions: 
 t)ltrct)r as, bur^h'e^ett, to break through, separable and 
 inseparable, preterite participle, burc^gef^rOd^Ctt/ «^nd 
 
 burd)broc^en, from brecfeen, to break 
 
 unt/ as, umlaufeH/ to run round, separable and insepa- 
 rable, preterite participle, umgefaufen, and umfrtUfclt/ 
 from (auferi/ to run 
 
 fiber, as, uberfe|cn, to get over, to leap over, separable, 
 preterite participle, ubergefe^t: and iiberfe^en, to 
 
 translate, inseparable, preterite participle, liberfe^t; 
 both from fei^en, to put 
 Unter, as, untergel^en, to go down, to perish, separable, 
 preterite participle, Ulltergegangen , from (^z\jiX\ , to 
 go: itnterne^men, to untertake, inseparable, pret. 
 
 part, unternommen, from ne^men/ to take. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 Prepositions ivtth the Genitite Case. 
 
 3tnj!att, or ^iM, instead of 
 ^efage, pursuant, according to 
 
]00 Prepositions ^'itk the Genitive. 
 
 ■£>a(6cn, ^a(6er, on account of. It Is always placed afit^r 
 
 the case it governs. 
 '2IU§er!^alb, without, on the outside of 
 3nnerl^a(b/ within, in the inner part of 
 i!)ber(^alb, above, on the upper side of 
 llntcr^alb/ below, on the lower side of 
 5}iefir^it^, on this side of 
 Senfeit^r on the farther side of 
 ^raft, by the power of 
 
 Saut, according to, conformably to, by the tendency of 
 ^JJittelj]-, t)ermitte(|l, by the means of 
 
 Urn -widen, for the sake of: as, Um ©otte^ widen, for 
 
 God^s sake 
 
 Hngeac^tet (or, ol^ngea^tet), notwithstanding 
 
 Unweit, (or, OJ^nweit) not far from. It may be placed 
 
 either before, or after its case. 
 ^Jermoge, by dint of, by the power of, by means of 
 
 5Bdbrenb, during 
 
 SBegen, 1. because of, an account of. 2. concerning, 
 
 with regard to, relating to. It may sometimes 
 
 be put after its case. 
 
 Prej)ositio7i8 with the Dative Case. 
 
 5(U^, out of 
 
 ^ll^er, 1. out of, on the outside of. 2. out of, not| 
 within, passing the bounds of, in a state oj 
 deviation from» 3. besides, over and abovel 
 
 55ei, 1. by, beside, near to. 2. with, in company ofJ 
 3. at, present at, noting co-existence of time.j 
 
Prepositions with the Dative and Aecicsative, 101 
 
 I 4. in , serving for quotations: as, SBei tettt 
 
 <P(atO, in Plato 
 j (Jrttgegett/ towards, against. It stands always after its case. 
 , ©egenuber, over against, opposite to. To be but after 
 1 its case^ 
 
 ; Sanger along 
 
 ; ma, with 
 
 , 9iac^, 1. after , posterior in time , behind. 2. to, in a 
 direction to, towards; 3. according to 
 
 3?e(jjl", Cor, benebjl), together with, besides 
 ' ;Dbr over, on, at, during, on account of 
 
 'SiZ'xif since 
 
 SSOH/ 1. by, noting an agent. 2. of. 3. from 
 
 3U/ 1. to. 2 at, of place. 3. at, of time. 4. at, of 
 proportion. 3. on , noting manner : as , 3W 
 iPferbe, on horseback 
 
 3Mf'^^9^/ ^^ consequence of. After the case. It is some- 
 times placed before 5 but then it governs the 
 genitive. 
 
 3UttJifccr/ against, in opposition to. After the case. 
 
 Prej)ositi07is with the Accusative. 
 
 Swr^, 1. through. 2. by, noting a means, or instrument. 
 3. through, noting continuance of time. In this 
 signification it is put after its case: as: X)i^ 
 
 ganse S^ac^t l)«rct|, the whole night through. 
 
 %)XX, for 
 
 @egen, 1. to, towards. 2. against 
 
 ^^X\%, without, not with 
 
102 Prepositions with the Dative and Accusati've, 
 
 ©Onbet/ without, not with. It only occurs in a fe 
 
 phrases: as, ©onber 3wtifel/ without doubl 
 
 Uttt, !• around^ about. 2. it signifies change, and v 
 
 cissitude : as, dinen Xag urn t)en anterti/ ever 
 
 other day. 3. a loss: as, Um ettt)a^ fommei 
 to lose a thing. 4. it marlis an object: a? 
 \Xm @e(b fpielen, to play for money. 5. 
 comparison: as, Um imx'^xWM XiX^ZX, nior 
 rich by two thirds. 6. with reference, wit 
 respect to, as far as relates to: as, @^ \\ 
 
 eine iingewiffe ©ad)e um ben ^n'eg, as for thi 
 
 war, it is an uncertain thing 
 2Bibet, against, In opposition ta. 
 
 Prepositions ivith the Dative and 
 Accusative Cases. 
 
 RULE. 
 
 These prepositions arc joined with the dative, whei 
 
 they denote permanent, or stationary, locality j and witJ 
 
 the accusative, when they imply motion to a place. 
 
 Silt/ with the dative^ 1. at, on, near, in; noting loca 
 
 lity. 2. in, at; noting the object of an action: as 
 
 ^ie 3Serbtenjle be^ 3Sater^ an ttm ^Inbe i^elo^nen, t< 
 
 reward the merits of the father in the child. 3. by 
 
 of; noting a cause: as, 5ln einem Jieber jlerben 
 
 to die of a fever. 4. in, by, noting state, condition 
 manner: as, 3?eid) an %XZ\xntzX\, rich in friends 
 Hit, with the Accusative^ 1. to; noting direction. 2. i 
 signifies an object: as, 5ln ettta^ benfen, to thin] 
 of something. 3. extent of space, and time, whei 
 
Prepositions with the Dative and Accusative, 103 
 
 preceded by M^: as, SSi^ ait tie ©ee, as far as 
 the sea) bid an ben 5lbent, until evening 
 3Iuf/ with the Dative^ 1, upon^ noting locality of a 
 higher place: as, 5Iuf bemX()Urme, upon the tower. 
 
 2. in, atj noting locality in general: as, ^uf bent 
 Sanbe, in the country 
 
 51uf/ with the Accusative^ 1. upon 5 noting direction to 
 a higher place. 2. to, into ; noting local direction 
 
 i in general. 3. it signifies an object: as, 5lllf ^XXiZ^ 
 
 ©ac^e benFen, to think of a thing. 4. proportion: 
 
 as, dine W^c<\j\iz\X auf »ier ^erfonen, a dinner for 
 
 four persons. 5. extent, when preceded by bid: as, 
 
 !Bid auf tzn (ei^ten -pfennig, to the last farthing. 
 
 6. way and manner: as, 5luf beutfc^e ^rt, in the 
 German manner. 7» it marks future time : as, 
 5luf tzn aKontag, on Monday , or next Monday 
 
 |)inter, behind 
 
 Qn^ with the Dative^ in 
 
 i 
 
 Jn, with the Accusative, 1. into. 2. with bid, it notes 
 extent : as, Sid in Ic^^ 3itttmer, as far as into the 
 chamber 
 
 Keben, beside, at the side of 
 
 lleber, with the Dative^ 1. over, above 5 with respect 
 to place. 2. above | with' respect to excellence. 
 
 3. during; with respect to time, or occupation: 
 as, Ueber bie 5lrbeit, while at work 
 
 ijeber, witH the Accusative, 1. over 5 implying motion. 
 2. above, beyond, exceeding, more than. 3. with 
 h\^, it signifies extent: as, 35id uber txz Dbren, 
 over the ears. 4- it notes a cause: as, ©id) liber 
 
104 Conjunctions, 
 
 eitte ^rtc^e argern^ to be angry on account of a 
 
 certain thing. 5. an object: as: Uzhzx einett ®^^ 
 gcnjlanb fprec^en, to speak upon a subjet. 6. it 
 signifies future time, when placed before the case> 
 and continuance of time, when put after: as, 
 
 |)eute uber ac^t Xage, this day sen'nightj ten 
 
 ©Ommer fiber/ during the summer 
 Unter, 1. under. 2. among. 3. with the dative, it has 
 also the power of denoting time: as, Unter bet 3fe^ 
 
 gjerung ©eorg be§ Written, in the reign of George 
 
 the Third 
 
 35or, 1. before. 2. with the dative, it sometimes invol- 
 ves a cause, as, SSor bem Xobe erfc^recfett/ to be frigh- 
 tened at deaths i(50r %xz\x'tz tt)einen, to weep for joy. 
 3. with the dative, it likewise signifies a^o, deno- 
 ting time past: as, 3Sor brei Z^\jXZWe three years ago^ 
 
 ,3wifc5^«/ between. 
 
 CONJUNCTIONS, 
 
 ^ber, but 
 %Mn, but 
 
 ^\i, 1. as. 2. than. 3. when 
 
 5lffO, 1. so, thus. 2. therefore 
 
 5luc{|, also 
 
 5luf baf, in order that 
 
 ?8e»or, before 
 
 "Da, 1. then. 2. when. 3. since, as, because 
 
 Dafern, if 
 
Coi'ijunctions, 105 
 
 Rafter, Micrefore 
 
 Danm al^bantt, then 
 
 Saruitt/ for that reason 
 
 ^af, that 
 I '^tXiXl, 1. for, because. 2. then 
 { ^ennOC^r nothwithstanding 
 
 1 Der6a(ben (bero^alben), beg^alben (.fce§t)a(b or be^()rt(b), 
 
 I ihereforc, on that account 
 
 j ^eflO, notes proportion, in the second part of a compa- 
 rative sentence: as, 3e niebriger feine |)erfiinft ijl/ 
 bejlo grower fmb feine SSertienjle, the lo\yer his origin 
 
 is, the greater are his merits; je ru^iger fca6 Sebetl 
 
 I t(l, beflo 9efd)icfter ijl e^ jum 5^aci)benfen, the more 
 
 quiet life is, the more fit is it for meditation 
 
 I5ien3ei(, because, obsolete 
 I X50c!)/ yet, nevertheless, however 
 
 dbe, before, sooner than, ere. 
 
 (Jnttreber, either; always followed by ober^ or 
 
 gaU^, im %<x\iz, in case rhat 
 
 Jerner, farther, moreover 
 
 gcfglicft, consequently 
 
 'f)in9e9en/ on the other hand 
 
 3e, is proportional, before a comparative degree, in the 
 first part of a sentence : as 2e eber, bejlo befifer, the 
 sooner, the better. Sometimes it is used instead 
 of beflo: as, 5^ ^^^r, je (ieber, the sooner, the more 
 agreeable. — 3^ nac^bem, according as 
 
 Sebennod^, yet, nevertheless 
 
 5eb0d), the same as boA 
 
 Smmagen, whereas 
 
106 Conjunctions, 
 
 %X(tzm, J. while. 2. because, since 
 Sntefifen, in the mean M'hile 
 
 3n9(eicl)en, or img(eicl)en, liltewise ^ 
 
 ^auitt/ scarce, scarcely. 
 
 5Kit^ilV consequently * 
 
 ^C^^'^ZX^, after 
 
 ^f^dmltcft, namely 
 
 -^ic{)t attein, nid)t nur, not only 5 follo^Tecl by font^crn 
 
 <X\X^, but also 
 5^0d^, 1. yet, still. 2. nor 5 preceded by itjetcr, neither 
 5^un, now 
 
 06, whcter, if ^ 
 
 ID6g(eic^, Obfc^On, O^nJOl^I, though, although. Note. These 
 
 conjunctions are frequently divided: as, Ob ^cr 
 
 2)Iann glei^ franl^ ttjar, although the man was ill. 
 
 Almost constantly, when a monosyllable follows: as, 
 
 Ob er fci)on s« -^ctufe njai% though he was at home. 
 
 ^Z\X, feitbeiU/ since, from the time that 
 
 ©internal, flntema(en, because, since 
 
 ©0, 1. so. 2. therefore. 3. if, on condition that. 4. ©0 
 ttJOM — M <^^^^, as well as. 5. it often connects 
 the subsequent member of a sentence, with the 
 antecedent. See the Grammar, p. 357? and 440 — 
 6. when followed by 0^\x^ , it signifies however: as,| 
 
 ©0 grog fcte ©efai^r audi) fei;n mag, however greai 
 
 the danger may be 
 ©Onbcrn, but. it is only used after a negative: as, 5?ici)l 
 
 fc^warj, fonbern weifl, not black, but white. 
 
 ©On(l, else, otherwise 
 
 %\)Z\\i — t^eif^, partly — partly 
 
Coiij unctions, 107 
 
 Ue6rigen§/ as for the rest, however 
 
 Ue^erfcie^, besides 
 
 Unb, and 
 
 ltngeacl)tet, nothwithstanding, although 
 
 SBdt^renb/ iDa^venb ba^, ma^renb bem, while 
 
 SBcinri/ when, if. It is a provincial mode a speaking, 
 
 for wenn 
 
 SBeber, neither ^ followed by nOct)/ nor 
 
 SBcif, because 
 
 SB^tltt, 1. if. It never can be used to express whether, 
 2. when. In this signification, it is generally con- 
 nected with the present, and future tenses. See 
 the Grammar, p. 358. 
 
 SSetingletd), wennfcfeon, although. They may be sepa- 
 rated, in the same manner, as ob^leic^/ Obfc^on. 
 See above. 
 
 5BiC/ 1. how. 2. as. 3. than. This last significalion is 
 not quite correct. 
 
 3Biefern, how far. ^n ttJieferit, how far. 
 |3Bien)0^(, though 
 
 SBOr as a conjunction, is sometimes used for if ^\ 
 
 iSBofern, if 
 
 I 
 
 '2Bc^(, indeed, perhaps, may be. It has the nature of 
 
 an explicative particle , with a concealed meaning. 
 
 See the Grammar, p. 360, and 422. 
 '^war, indeed, it is so, allowing it; generally followed 
 
 by one of these conjunctions, aber, a\iz\t\f bCC^, t^W- 
 
 nocf)/ or a similar word 
 £)bsn[)ar, though, although. 
 
108 Interjections, 
 
 INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 They mark the feelings, and affections of the mind. 
 
 Some denote joy: as, 5i(^ ! ^Cl\ 
 
 Mirth, and gaiety: as, ©a! ^et) ! be^jfa! 
 
 Loud exclamations of the same kind: jud)! jucbt^ep! 
 
 Others indicate sorrow, affliction, displeasure: 5Ict)! 
 
 Pain: ^c^ ! we^ ! au ! rtUrt)e()! ^ 
 
 Disgust: gi! pfui! 
 
 The following express admiration: D! 0^! a^! Cl! 
 or ep! 
 
 Surprise, in a small degree: bltm ! IS)m! — in a 
 greater degree: 51^! ^a ! — ^a ^a ! when you have 
 found out, or unravelled a thing, either denoting sur- 
 prise, or satisfaction. 
 
 '^e I ^oUrt! serve for calling to a person. 
 
 See, concerning the interjections, the Grammar 
 p. 361, and 401. 402. 
 
 Printed by Charles Naiiniann. Franklort o. M. 
 
 il^i.. JO 1000. 1 
 
1 
 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 * 
 LV "^ • ©lis * 4*' 
 
 O N 
 
 » « 
 
 « • • -^ 
 
 • Ov *%<* "^^^^S^^^ Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proces 
 
 "«^ V ^ ^ '^ ^ ^J^^W^f% Neutralizing agent: iVIagnesium Oxide 
 
 , ** A, ^, *'••»* <• Treatment Date: Nov. 2006 
 
 .4^ O (y\^]S^^^^ ** *V^ • A WORLD LEADER 
 
 ' • ^?^Tn ; — J^k ^ O ' ^ ^ ^ Thomson Park Dnve 
 
 > > ^<V Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 
 I70A\ 77Q.91 1 1 
 
 
 0^ 
 
 c PreservationTechnologie 
 
 , A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATIG 
 
 I 111 Thomson Park Dnve 
 
 -^o 
 
 » • ^ ' 
 
 (724) 779-21 1 1 
 
 «5> 
 

 •^0^ 
 
 HO* 
 
 
 j?-n^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 r. /« Nov -Dec 1988 ll ^^^(i -« "^O Y I'^^^^m^^ '^ 0^